DGNum/hostapd
6
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests 1 Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions
hostapd/wpa_supplicant/events.c

3044 lines
82 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
/*
* WPA Supplicant - Driver event processing
Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code. Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate whether the event was generated locally. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 17:53:12 +01:00
* Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
*
Remove the GPL notification from files contributed by Jouni Malinen Remove the GPL notification text from the files that were initially contributed by myself. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 15:46:35 +01:00
* This software may be distributed under the terms of the BSD license.
* See README for more details.
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
*/
#include "includes.h"
#include "common.h"
#include "eapol_supp/eapol_supp_sm.h"
Remove src/rsn_supp from default header path
2009-11-29 17:28:08 +01:00
#include "rsn_supp/wpa.h"
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
#include "eloop.h"
#include "config.h"
#include "l2_packet/l2_packet.h"
#include "wpa_supplicant_i.h"
Add preliminary hostapd data structure initialization for AP mode wpa_supplicant can now initialize hostapd data structures when mode=2 is used to set up an AP. The hostapd configuration is not yet set based on wpa_supplicant network configuration block. In addition, the glue code for hostapd driver_ops needs number of functions that will be needed for AP functionality.
2009-03-26 19:37:05 +01:00
#include "driver_i.h"
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
#include "pcsc_funcs.h"
Remove src/rsn_supp from default header path
2009-11-29 17:28:08 +01:00
#include "rsn_supp/preauth.h"
#include "rsn_supp/pmksa_cache.h"
Remove src/common from default header file path This makes it clearer which files are including header from src/common. Some of these cases should probably be cleaned up in the future not to do that. In addition, src/common/nl80211_copy.h and wireless_copy.h were moved into src/drivers since they are only used by driver wrappers and do not need to live in src/common.
2009-11-29 16:51:55 +01:00
#include "common/wpa_ctrl.h"
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
#include "eap_peer/eap.h"
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
#include "ap/hostapd.h"
P2P: Skip GO Neg Conf ack failure workaround of send failures The workaround to ignore no ctrl::ack received for GO Negotiation Confirmation frame was only supposed to be used when the frame was actually transmitted and just the ack was not received. However, due to the way the driver failure on transmitting the frame were reported, this ended up getting applied for all failures in sending the GO Negotiation Confirmation frame. Improve this by providing a mechanism to indicate whether send_action operations fail locally before the frame was actually transmitted or because of not receiving ack frame after having transmitted the frame.
2010-10-19 11:47:33 +02:00
#include "p2p/p2p.h"
WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode for station mode Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 16:27:19 +01:00
#include "wnm_sta.h"
Add wpa_supplicant notification calls This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event notifications.
2009-09-13 19:53:32 +02:00
#include "notify.h"
Remove src/common from default header file path This makes it clearer which files are including header from src/common. Some of these cases should probably be cleaned up in the future not to do that. In addition, src/common/nl80211_copy.h and wireless_copy.h were moved into src/drivers since they are only used by driver wrappers and do not need to live in src/common.
2009-11-29 16:51:55 +01:00
#include "common/ieee802_11_defs.h"
WPS 2.0: Validate WPS attributes in management frames and WSC messages If CONFIG_WPS_STRICT is set, validate WPS IE(s) in management frames and reject the frames if any of the mandatory attributes is missing or if an included attribute uses an invalid value. In addition, verify that all mandatory attributes are included and have valid values in the WSC messages.
2010-05-26 16:16:14 +02:00
#include "common/ieee802_11_common.h"
Maintain internal entropy pool for augmenting random number generation By default, make hostapd and wpa_supplicant maintain an internal entropy pool that is fed with following information: hostapd: - Probe Request frames (timing, RSSI) - Association events (timing) - SNonce from Supplicants wpa_supplicant: - Scan results (timing, signal/noise) - Association events (timing) The internal pool is used to augment the random numbers generated with the OS mechanism (os_get_random()). While the internal implementation is not expected to be very strong due to limited amount of generic (non-platform specific) information to feed the pool, this may strengthen key derivation on some devices that are not configured to provide strong random numbers through os_get_random() (e.g., /dev/urandom on Linux/BSD). This new mechanism is not supposed to replace proper OS provided random number generation mechanism. The OS mechanism needs to be initialized properly (e.g., hw random number generator, maintaining entropy pool over reboots, etc.) for any of the security assumptions to hold. If the os_get_random() is known to provide strong ramdom data (e.g., on Linux/BSD, the board in question is known to have reliable source of random data from /dev/urandom), the internal hostapd random pool can be disabled. This will save some in binary size and CPU use. However, this should only be considered for builds that are known to be used on devices that meet the requirements described above. The internal pool is disabled by adding CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL=y to the .config file.
2010-11-24 00:29:40 +01:00
#include "crypto/random.h"
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
#include "blacklist.h"
#include "wpas_glue.h"
WPS: Added support for fragmented WPS IE in Beacon and Probe Response Fragment WPS IE if needed to fit into the IE length limits in hostapd and Reassemble WPS IE data from multiple IEs in wpa_supplicant. In addition, moved WPS code from events.c into wps_supplicant.c to clean up module interfaces.
2008-11-29 21:06:34 +01:00
#include "wps_supplicant.h"
Added initial step for IBSS RSN support This commit adds a new build option, CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y, that can be used to enable RSN support for IBSS. This links in RSN Authenticator code from hostapd and adds code for managing per-peer information for IBSS. A new wpa_cli command or driver event can be used to request RSN authentication with an IBSS peer. New RSN Authenticator and Supplicant will be allocated for each peer. The basic state machine setup code is included in this commit, but the state machines are not properly started yet. In addition, some of the callback functions are not yet complete.
2009-01-15 00:21:55 +01:00
#include "ibss_rsn.h"
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
#include "sme.h"
GAS: Add a generic GAS query module This implements GAS request mechanism that is aimed at being used to replace use case specific GAS/ANQP implementations in the future. Compared to the earlier implementation in P2P SD, this implementation includes support for multiple concurrent requests and more thorough validation of frames against the pending query data. GAS header processing, including comeback and reassembly, are handled within gas_query.c and the users of this module will only need to provide the Query Request and process the (possibly reassembled) Query Response.
2011-09-28 18:44:25 +02:00
#include "gas_query.h"
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
#include "p2p_supplicant.h"
Add preliminary background scan and roaming module design This allows background scanning and roaming decisions to be contained in a single place based on a defined set of notification events which will hopefully make it easier to experiment with roaming improvements. In addition, this allows multiple intra-ESS roaming policies to be used (each network configuration block can configure its own bgscan module). The beacon loss and signal strength notifications are implemented for the bgscan API, but the actual events are not yet available from the driver. The included sample bgscan module ("simple") is an example of what can be done with the new bgscan mechanism. It requests periodic background scans when the device remains associated with an ESS and has couple of notes on what a more advanced bgscan module could do to optimize background scanning and roaming. The periodic scans will cause the scan result handler to pick a better AP if one becomes available. This bgscan module can be taken into use by adding bgscan="simple" (or bgscan="simple:<bgscan interval in seconds>") into the network configuration block.
2009-09-14 23:08:24 +02:00
#include "bgscan.h"
Add automatic scanning support Like bgscan, autoscan is an optional module based feature to automate scanning but while disconnected or inactive. Instead of requesting directly a scan, it only sets the scan_interval and the sched_scan_interval. So, if the driver supports sched_scan, autoscan will be able to tweak its interval. Otherwise, the tweaked scan_interval will be used. If scan parameters needs to be tweaked, an autoscan_params pointer in wpa_s will provide those. So req_scan / req_sched_scan will not set the scan parameters as they usually do, but instead will use this pointer. Modules will not have to request a scan directly, like bgscan does. Instead, it will need to return the interval it wants after each notification. Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2012-06-26 17:55:41 +02:00
#include "autoscan.h"
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
#include "ap.h"
Use BSS table entry instead of raw scan result for connection
2010-01-02 15:16:02 +01:00
#include "bss.h"
Move wpa_supplicant specific scan code away from src/drivers This fits better in wpa_supplicant/scan.c. Couple of remaining scan_helpers.c functions are currently used in driver wrappers, but they can likely be removed in the future.
2010-01-03 17:48:11 +01:00
#include "scan.h"
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#include "offchannel.h"
Interworking: Add optional use of network selection on normal scans auto_interworking=1 configuration parameter can be used to request wpa_supplicant to use Interworking network selection automatically as a part of the normal (non-Interworking) network selection if the scan results do not match with enabled networks. This makes scanning work similarly to the "interworking_select auto" command. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-28 15:14:13 +02:00
#include "interworking.h"
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Remove compiler warnings with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 19:04:56 +02:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING
RSN: Update preauth scan results only based on new scan results The fast-connect optimization to skip a new scan did not update how the RSN preauthentication callback is used. There is no point in trying to add preauthentication candidates from cases where scan was skipped, so skip this call, too, in such cases. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 17:24:00 +02:00
static int wpas_select_network_from_last_scan(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
int new_scan);
Remove compiler warnings with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 19:04:56 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING */
Make wpas_select_network_from_last_scan() static Addition of wpa_supplicant_fast_associate() made it unnecessary to call wpas_select_network_from_last_scan() directly from other files. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-02-03 20:13:07 +01:00
Disable network block temporarily on authentication failures If 4-way handshake fails due to likely PSK failure or if EAP authentication fails, disable the network block temporarily. Use longer duration if multiple consecutive failures are seen. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 22:01:26 +02:00
static int wpas_temp_disabled(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_ssid *ssid)
{
struct os_time now;
if (ssid == NULL || ssid->disabled_until.sec == 0)
return 0;
os_get_time(&now);
if (ssid->disabled_until.sec > now.sec)
return ssid->disabled_until.sec - now.sec;
wpas_clear_temp_disabled(wpa_s, ssid, 0);
return 0;
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
static int wpa_supplicant_select_config(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
Add wpa_supplicant notification calls This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event notifications.
2009-09-13 19:53:32 +02:00
struct wpa_ssid *ssid, *old_ssid;
Disable network block temporarily on authentication failures If 4-way handshake fails due to likely PSK failure or if EAP authentication fails, disable the network block temporarily. Use longer duration if multiple consecutive failures are seen. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 22:01:26 +02:00
int res;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (wpa_s->conf->ap_scan == 1 && wpa_s->current_ssid)
return 0;
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Select network based on association "
"information");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
ssid = wpa_supplicant_get_ssid(wpa_s);
if (ssid == NULL) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO,
"No network configuration found for the current AP");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
return -1;
}
Validate WEP key lengths based on driver capabilities The nl80211 driver interface does not allow 128-bit WEP to be used without a vendor specific cipher suite and no such suite is defined for this purpose. Do not accept WEP key length 16 for nl80211 driver interface forn ow. wext-interface can still try to use these for backwards compatibility. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-10 13:34:46 +02:00
if (wpas_network_disabled(wpa_s, ssid)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Selected network is disabled");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
return -1;
}
Add disallow_aps parameter to disallow BSSIDs/SSIDs External programs can use this new parameter to prevent wpa_supplicant from connecting to a list of BSSIDs and/or SSIDs. The disallowed BSSes will still be visible in scan results and it is possible to run ANQP operations with them, but BSS selection for connection will skip any BSS that matches an entry in the disallowed list. The new parameter can be set with the control interface SET command using following syntax: SET disallow_aps <disallow_list> disallow_list ::= <ssid_spec> | <bssid_spec> | <disallow_list> | “” SSID_SPEC ::= ssid <SSID_HEX> BSSID_SPEC ::= bssid <BSSID_HEX> For example: wpa_cli set disallow_list "ssid 74657374 bssid 001122334455 ssid 68656c6c6f" wpa_cli set disallow_list (the empty value removes all entries) Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-27 16:36:59 +02:00
if (disallowed_bssid(wpa_s, wpa_s->bssid) ||
disallowed_ssid(wpa_s, ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len)) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Selected BSS is disallowed");
return -1;
}
Disable network block temporarily on authentication failures If 4-way handshake fails due to likely PSK failure or if EAP authentication fails, disable the network block temporarily. Use longer duration if multiple consecutive failures are seen. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 22:01:26 +02:00
res = wpas_temp_disabled(wpa_s, ssid);
if (res > 0) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Selected network is temporarily "
"disabled for %d second(s)", res);
return -1;
}
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Network configuration found for the "
"current AP");
Use wpa_key_mgmt_*() helpers This cleans up the source code and makes it less likely that new AKM addition misses some needed changes in the future. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-11-24 21:46:14 +01:00
if (wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_any(ssid->key_mgmt)) {
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
u8 wpa_ie[80];
size_t wpa_ie_len = sizeof(wpa_ie);
Add more debug info if wpa_supplicant_set_suites() fails Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-01-01 19:31:35 +01:00
if (wpa_supplicant_set_suites(wpa_s, NULL, ssid,
wpa_ie, &wpa_ie_len) < 0)
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Could not set WPA suites");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
} else {
wpa_supplicant_set_non_wpa_policy(wpa_s, ssid);
}
if (wpa_s->current_ssid && wpa_s->current_ssid != ssid)
eapol_sm_invalidate_cached_session(wpa_s->eapol);
Add wpa_supplicant notification calls This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event notifications.
2009-09-13 19:53:32 +02:00
old_ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_s->current_ssid = ssid;
wpa_supplicant_rsn_supp_set_config(wpa_s, wpa_s->current_ssid);
wpa_supplicant_initiate_eapol(wpa_s);
Add wpa_supplicant notification calls This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event notifications.
2009-09-13 19:53:32 +02:00
if (old_ssid != wpa_s->current_ssid)
wpas_notify_network_changed(wpa_s);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
return 0;
}
Fix TKIP countermeasures stopping in deinit paths The eloop timeout to stop TKIP countermeasures has to be canceled on deinit path to avoid leaving bogus timeouts behind. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-30 11:43:30 +01:00
void wpa_supplicant_stop_countermeasures(void *eloop_ctx, void *sock_ctx)
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = eloop_ctx;
if (wpa_s->countermeasures) {
wpa_s->countermeasures = 0;
wpa_drv_set_countermeasures(wpa_s, 0);
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, "WPA: TKIP countermeasures stopped");
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(wpa_s, 0, 0);
}
}
void wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
Add wpa_supplicant notification calls This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event notifications.
2009-09-13 19:53:32 +02:00
int bssid_changed;
WNM: Add advertisement of BSS max idle period If WNM is enabled for the build (CONFIG_WNM=y), add BSS max idle period information to the (Re)Association Response frame from the AP and parse this information on the station. For SME-in-wpa_supplicant case, add a timer to handle periodic transmission of the keep-alive frame. The actual request for the driver to transmit a frame is not yet implemented. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-28 02:35:00 +02:00
wnm_bss_keep_alive_deinit(wpa_s);
RSN IBSS: Restart IBSS state machines for each new IBSS Change the old design of running a single long living RSN IBSS instance to keep a separate instance for each IBSS connection. This fixes number of issues in getting keys set properly for new connections and is in general quite a bit more correct design.
2011-03-23 20:15:46 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IBSS_RSN
ibss_rsn_deinit(wpa_s->ibss_rsn);
wpa_s->ibss_rsn = NULL;
#endif /* CONFIG_IBSS_RSN */
wpa_supplicant AP: Disable AP mode on disassoc paths Regardless of how the AP mode is disabled, wpa_supplicant_ap_deinit() must be called. Make sure this happens on all paths by calling the deinit function from wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc().
2011-07-05 15:38:30 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
wpa_supplicant_ap_deinit(wpa_s);
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
Add Linux rfkill support Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g., due to rfkill). Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 09:27:32 +02:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state == WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED)
return;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_DISCONNECTED);
Add wpa_supplicant notification calls This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event notifications.
2009-09-13 19:53:32 +02:00
bssid_changed = !is_zero_ether_addr(wpa_s->bssid);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
os_memset(wpa_s->bssid, 0, ETH_ALEN);
os_memset(wpa_s->pending_bssid, 0, ETH_ALEN);
P2P: Do not use reassociation after getting disassociated This avoids issues with some APs rejecting a reassociation if the station is not currently associated as reported by Yossi Wortzel. The change is based on a patch from Arik Nemtsov. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-10 18:51:36 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_SME
wpa_s->sme.prev_bssid_set = 0;
#endif /* CONFIG_SME */
P2P: Do not expire peer entry if we are connected to the peer Even though we may not update P2P peer entry while connected to the peer as a P2P client, we should not be expiring a P2P peer entry while that peer is the GO in a group where we are connected as a P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-25 16:27:47 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
os_memset(wpa_s->go_dev_addr, 0, ETH_ALEN);
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
Clear current_bss pointer on disassociation/deauthentication This is needed to allow the BSS table entry for the previously used BSS to be removed. Now wpa_bss_in_use() can return 0 for the last BSS that was used as soon as deauthentication/disassociation event has been received.
2010-02-27 17:40:25 +01:00
wpa_s->current_bss = NULL;
P2P: Fix Action frame sending after disconnection assoc_freq needs to be cleared when an interface gets disconnected. This fixes an issue where P2P Action frame transmission may fail because of missing remain-on-channel operation when using the same interface for group operations (or non-P2P connections) and P2P management operations.
2010-11-25 15:04:07 +01:00
wpa_s->assoc_freq = 0;
FT: Clear SME ft_used/ft_ies when disconnecting Previous ft_ies needs to be removed before supplicant starts a new FT initial association and this requires the ft_used state to be cleared here. Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
2011-07-05 20:17:31 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211R
#ifdef CONFIG_SME
if (wpa_s->sme.ft_ies)
sme_update_ft_ies(wpa_s, NULL, NULL, 0);
#endif /* CONFIG_SME */
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211R */
Add wpa_supplicant notification calls This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event notifications.
2009-09-13 19:53:32 +02:00
if (bssid_changed)
wpas_notify_bssid_changed(wpa_s);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
eapol_sm_notify_portEnabled(wpa_s->eapol, FALSE);
eapol_sm_notify_portValid(wpa_s->eapol, FALSE);
Added support for using SHA256-based stronger key derivation for WPA2 IEEE 802.11w/D6.0 defines new AKMPs to indicate SHA256-based algorithms for key derivation (and AES-CMAC for EAPOL-Key MIC). Add support for using new AKMPs and clean up AKMP processing with helper functions in defs.h.
2008-08-31 21:57:28 +02:00
if (wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_psk(wpa_s->key_mgmt))
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
eapol_sm_notify_eap_success(wpa_s->eapol, FALSE);
wpa_s->ap_ies_from_associnfo = 0;
Clear current_ssid and key_mgmt when disconnected This makes wpa_supplicant state somewhat cleaner since the information from previously used connection is not maintained after getting disconnected. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 22:20:41 +02:00
wpa_s->current_ssid = NULL;
wpa_s->key_mgmt = 0;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
static void wpa_find_assoc_pmkid(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
struct wpa_ie_data ie;
int pmksa_set = -1;
size_t i;
if (wpa_sm_parse_own_wpa_ie(wpa_s->wpa, &ie) < 0 ||
ie.pmkid == NULL)
return;
for (i = 0; i < ie.num_pmkid; i++) {
pmksa_set = pmksa_cache_set_current(wpa_s->wpa,
ie.pmkid + i * PMKID_LEN,
NULL, NULL, 0);
if (pmksa_set == 0) {
eapol_sm_notify_pmkid_attempt(wpa_s->eapol, 1);
break;
}
}
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "RSN: PMKID from assoc IE %sfound from "
"PMKSA cache", pmksa_set == 0 ? "" : "not ");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
static void wpa_supplicant_event_pmkid_candidate(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
if (data == NULL) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "RSN: No data in PMKID candidate "
"event");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
return;
}
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "RSN: PMKID candidate event - bssid=" MACSTR
" index=%d preauth=%d",
MAC2STR(data->pmkid_candidate.bssid),
data->pmkid_candidate.index,
data->pmkid_candidate.preauth);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
pmksa_candidate_add(wpa_s->wpa, data->pmkid_candidate.bssid,
data->pmkid_candidate.index,
data->pmkid_candidate.preauth);
}
static int wpa_supplicant_dynamic_keys(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
if (wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_NONE ||
wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE)
return 0;
#ifdef IEEE8021X_EAPOL
if (wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_IEEE8021X_NO_WPA &&
wpa_s->current_ssid &&
!(wpa_s->current_ssid->eapol_flags &
(EAPOL_FLAG_REQUIRE_KEY_UNICAST |
EAPOL_FLAG_REQUIRE_KEY_BROADCAST))) {
/* IEEE 802.1X, but not using dynamic WEP keys (i.e., either
* plaintext or static WEP keys). */
return 0;
}
#endif /* IEEE8021X_EAPOL */
return 1;
}
/**
* wpa_supplicant_scard_init - Initialize SIM/USIM access with PC/SC
* @wpa_s: pointer to wpa_supplicant data
* @ssid: Configuration data for the network
* Returns: 0 on success, -1 on failure
*
* This function is called when starting authentication with a network that is
* configured to use PC/SC for SIM/USIM access (EAP-SIM or EAP-AKA).
*/
int wpa_supplicant_scard_init(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_ssid *ssid)
{
#ifdef IEEE8021X_EAPOL
Comment out scard initialization code if PCSC_FUNCS is not set
2011-10-23 11:24:36 +02:00
#ifdef PCSC_FUNCS
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
int aka = 0, sim = 0, type;
if (ssid->eap.pcsc == NULL || wpa_s->scard != NULL)
return 0;
if (ssid->eap.eap_methods == NULL) {
sim = 1;
aka = 1;
} else {
struct eap_method_type *eap = ssid->eap.eap_methods;
while (eap->vendor != EAP_VENDOR_IETF ||
eap->method != EAP_TYPE_NONE) {
if (eap->vendor == EAP_VENDOR_IETF) {
if (eap->method == EAP_TYPE_SIM)
sim = 1;
Fix SIM/USIM determination to support EAP-AKA' Both EAP-AKA and EAP-AKA' use USIM. Without this change, use of real USIM card for EAP-AKA' was not allowed to proceed, i.e., only the software simulated USIM operations were supported. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-05 13:19:13 +02:00
else if (eap->method == EAP_TYPE_AKA ||
eap->method == EAP_TYPE_AKA_PRIME)
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
aka = 1;
}
eap++;
}
}
if (eap_peer_get_eap_method(EAP_VENDOR_IETF, EAP_TYPE_SIM) == NULL)
sim = 0;
Fix SIM/USIM determination to support EAP-AKA' Both EAP-AKA and EAP-AKA' use USIM. Without this change, use of real USIM card for EAP-AKA' was not allowed to proceed, i.e., only the software simulated USIM operations were supported. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-05-05 13:19:13 +02:00
if (eap_peer_get_eap_method(EAP_VENDOR_IETF, EAP_TYPE_AKA) == NULL &&
eap_peer_get_eap_method(EAP_VENDOR_IETF, EAP_TYPE_AKA_PRIME) ==
NULL)
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
aka = 0;
if (!sim && !aka) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Selected network is configured to "
"use SIM, but neither EAP-SIM nor EAP-AKA are "
"enabled");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
return 0;
}
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Selected network is configured to use SIM "
"(sim=%d aka=%d) - initialize PCSC", sim, aka);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (sim && aka)
type = SCARD_TRY_BOTH;
else if (aka)
type = SCARD_USIM_ONLY;
else
type = SCARD_GSM_SIM_ONLY;
Allow PC/SC reader to be selected and initialized at start New global configuration parameters pcsc_reader and pcsc_pin can now be used to initialize PC/SC reader context at start of wpa_supplicant. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-26 12:07:05 +01:00
wpa_s->scard = scard_init(type, NULL);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (wpa_s->scard == NULL) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_WARNING, "Failed to initialize SIM "
"(pcsc-lite)");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
return -1;
}
wpa_sm_set_scard_ctx(wpa_s->wpa, wpa_s->scard);
eapol_sm_register_scard_ctx(wpa_s->eapol, wpa_s->scard);
Comment out scard initialization code if PCSC_FUNCS is not set
2011-10-23 11:24:36 +02:00
#endif /* PCSC_FUNCS */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
#endif /* IEEE8021X_EAPOL */
return 0;
}
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
static int wpa_supplicant_match_privacy(struct wpa_bss *bss,
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
struct wpa_ssid *ssid)
{
int i, privacy = 0;
if (ssid->mixed_cell)
return 1;
WPS: support registration with APs in WEP security mode Attached patch fixes the issue when supplicant does not select APs in WEP security mode for WPS registration.
2009-02-17 09:17:24 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WPS
if (ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS)
return 1;
#endif /* CONFIG_WPS */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
for (i = 0; i < NUM_WEP_KEYS; i++) {
if (ssid->wep_key_len[i]) {
privacy = 1;
break;
}
}
#ifdef IEEE8021X_EAPOL
if ((ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_IEEE8021X_NO_WPA) &&
ssid->eapol_flags & (EAPOL_FLAG_REQUIRE_KEY_UNICAST |
EAPOL_FLAG_REQUIRE_KEY_BROADCAST))
privacy = 1;
#endif /* IEEE8021X_EAPOL */
Fix AP selection to check privacy mismatch and IBSS with WPA/RSN IE These checks were previously skipped if the scan result included WPA or RSN IE. However, that can result in selecting a network that does not match local configuration in some cases.
2011-06-23 14:39:00 +02:00
if (wpa_key_mgmt_wpa(ssid->key_mgmt))
privacy = 1;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (bss->caps & IEEE80211_CAP_PRIVACY)
return privacy;
return !privacy;
}
Allow WPS APs for PIN enrollment even without Selected Registrar Some WPS APs do not set Selected Registrar attribute to 1 properly when using an external Registrar. Allow such an AP to be selected for PIN registration after couple of scan runs that do not find APs marked with Selected Registrar = 1. This allows wpa_supplicant to iterate through all APs that advertise WPS support without delaying connection with implementations that set Selected Registrar = 1 properly.
2009-01-23 12:10:58 +01:00
static int wpa_supplicant_ssid_bss_match(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_ssid *ssid,
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
struct wpa_bss *bss)
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
{
struct wpa_ie_data ie;
int proto_match = 0;
const u8 *rsn_ie, *wpa_ie;
WPS: Added support for fragmented WPS IE in Beacon and Probe Response Fragment WPS IE if needed to fit into the IE length limits in hostapd and Reassemble WPS IE data from multiple IEs in wpa_supplicant. In addition, moved WPS code from events.c into wps_supplicant.c to clean up module interfaces.
2008-11-29 21:06:34 +01:00
int ret;
Allow TSN AP to be selected when configured for WEP Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae introduced a regression that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e., whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA). It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
2010-11-08 20:14:32 +01:00
int wep_ok;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Allow WPS APs for PIN enrollment even without Selected Registrar Some WPS APs do not set Selected Registrar attribute to 1 properly when using an external Registrar. Allow such an AP to be selected for PIN registration after couple of scan runs that do not find APs marked with Selected Registrar = 1. This allows wpa_supplicant to iterate through all APs that advertise WPS support without delaying connection with implementations that set Selected Registrar = 1 properly.
2009-01-23 12:10:58 +01:00
ret = wpas_wps_ssid_bss_match(wpa_s, ssid, bss);
WPS: Added support for fragmented WPS IE in Beacon and Probe Response Fragment WPS IE if needed to fit into the IE length limits in hostapd and Reassemble WPS IE data from multiple IEs in wpa_supplicant. In addition, moved WPS code from events.c into wps_supplicant.c to clean up module interfaces.
2008-11-29 21:06:34 +01:00
if (ret >= 0)
return ret;
Added preliminary Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) implementation This adds WPS support for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant. Both programs can be configured to act as WPS Enrollee and Registrar. Both PBC and PIN methods are supported. Currently, hostapd has more complete configuration option for WPS parameters and wpa_supplicant configuration style will likely change in the future. External Registrars are not yet supported in hostapd or wpa_supplicant. While wpa_supplicant has initial support for acting as an Registrar to configure an AP, this is still using number of hardcoded parameters which will need to be made configurable for proper operation.
2008-11-23 18:34:26 +01:00
Allow TSN AP to be selected when configured for WEP Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae introduced a regression that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e., whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA). It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
2010-11-08 20:14:32 +01:00
/* Allow TSN if local configuration accepts WEP use without WPA/WPA2 */
wep_ok = !wpa_key_mgmt_wpa(ssid->key_mgmt) &&
(((ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_NONE) &&
ssid->wep_key_len[ssid->wep_tx_keyidx] > 0) ||
(ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_IEEE8021X_NO_WPA));
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
rsn_ie = wpa_bss_get_ie(bss, WLAN_EID_RSN);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
while ((ssid->proto & WPA_PROTO_RSN) && rsn_ie) {
proto_match++;
if (wpa_parse_wpa_ie(rsn_ie, 2 + rsn_ie[1], &ie)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip RSN IE - parse "
"failed");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
Allow TSN AP to be selected when configured for WEP Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae introduced a regression that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e., whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA). It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
2010-11-08 20:14:32 +01:00
if (wep_ok &&
(ie.group_cipher & (WPA_CIPHER_WEP40 | WPA_CIPHER_WEP104)))
{
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " selected based on TSN "
"in RSN IE");
Allow TSN AP to be selected when configured for WEP Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae introduced a regression that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e., whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA). It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
2010-11-08 20:14:32 +01:00
return 1;
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (!(ie.proto & ssid->proto)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip RSN IE - proto "
"mismatch");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
if (!(ie.pairwise_cipher & ssid->pairwise_cipher)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip RSN IE - PTK "
"cipher mismatch");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
if (!(ie.group_cipher & ssid->group_cipher)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip RSN IE - GTK "
"cipher mismatch");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
if (!(ie.key_mgmt & ssid->key_mgmt)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip RSN IE - key mgmt "
"mismatch");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211W
Updated MFP defines based on IEEE 802.11w/D6.0 and use new MFPC/MFPR This adds most of the new frame format and identifier definitions from IEEE 802.11w/D6.0. In addition, the RSN IE capability field values for MFP is replaced with the new two-bit version with MFPC (capable) and MFPR (required) processing.
2008-08-30 13:59:39 +02:00
if (!(ie.capabilities & WPA_CAPABILITY_MFPC) &&
Allow PMF to be enabled by default Previously, PMF (protected management frames, IEEE 802.11w) could be enabled only with a per-network parameter (ieee80211w). The new global parameter (pmf) can now be used to change the default behavior to be PMF enabled (pmf=1) or required (pmf=2) for network blocks that do not override this with the ieee80211w parameter. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-24 21:21:29 +01:00
(ssid->ieee80211w == MGMT_FRAME_PROTECTION_DEFAULT ?
wpa_s->conf->pmf : ssid->ieee80211w) ==
MGMT_FRAME_PROTECTION_REQUIRED) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip RSN IE - no mgmt "
"frame protection");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211W */
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " selected based on RSN IE");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
return 1;
}
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
wpa_ie = wpa_bss_get_vendor_ie(bss, WPA_IE_VENDOR_TYPE);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
while ((ssid->proto & WPA_PROTO_WPA) && wpa_ie) {
proto_match++;
if (wpa_parse_wpa_ie(wpa_ie, 2 + wpa_ie[1], &ie)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip WPA IE - parse "
"failed");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
Allow TSN AP to be selected when configured for WEP Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae introduced a regression that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e., whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA). It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
2010-11-08 20:14:32 +01:00
if (wep_ok &&
(ie.group_cipher & (WPA_CIPHER_WEP40 | WPA_CIPHER_WEP104)))
{
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " selected based on TSN "
"in WPA IE");
Allow TSN AP to be selected when configured for WEP Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae introduced a regression that prevented TSN APs from being used with WEP since the AP was rejected if it advertised WPA or RSN IE when we were configured to use WEP. Resolve this by checking whether the AP is advertising a TSN, i.e., whether the AP allows WEP to be used as a group cipher. If so, allow the AP to be selected if we are configured to use static WEP or IEEE 802.1X (non-WPA). It should be noted that this is still somewhat more restricted in AP selection than earlier wpa_supplicant branches (0.7.x or older) that ignore the WPA/RSN IE completely when configured for non-WPA.
2010-11-08 20:14:32 +01:00
return 1;
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (!(ie.proto & ssid->proto)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip WPA IE - proto "
"mismatch");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
if (!(ie.pairwise_cipher & ssid->pairwise_cipher)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip WPA IE - PTK "
"cipher mismatch");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
if (!(ie.group_cipher & ssid->group_cipher)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip WPA IE - GTK "
"cipher mismatch");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
if (!(ie.key_mgmt & ssid->key_mgmt)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip WPA IE - key mgmt "
"mismatch");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " selected based on WPA IE");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
return 1;
}
Allow non-WPA IEEE 802.1X to be select even if WPA is also enabled If key_mgmt was set to allow both WPA and non-WPA IEEE 802.1X (i.e., to IEEE8021X WPA-EAP), non-WPA IEEE 802.1X was rejected while preparing association parameters. Allow this special case to be handled by selecting non-WPA case if the scan results for the AP do not include either WPA or RSN elements. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-15 18:34:04 +02:00
if ((ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_IEEE8021X_NO_WPA) && !wpa_ie &&
!rsn_ie) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " allow for non-WPA IEEE 802.1X");
return 1;
}
WPS: Require PBC match with wps_pbc that specifies BSSID The WPS mode was already verified when the AP was configured for WPA/WPA2, but this was not done with AP that was in open mode. Fix this by allowing wpa_supplicant_ssid_bss_match() to be called in non-WPA configuration, too. With this change, wps_pbc BSSID command will wait until the specified target AP is in active PBC mode before trying to connect to it.
2010-12-28 07:56:23 +01:00
if ((ssid->proto & (WPA_PROTO_WPA | WPA_PROTO_RSN)) &&
Fix wpa_supplicant_ssid_bss_match() handler for non-WPA The proto configuration may be left to non-zero when moving from one configuration to another. To avoid misidentifying a network configuration as enabling WPA, check key_mgmt field, too.
2010-12-30 17:27:33 +01:00
wpa_key_mgmt_wpa(ssid->key_mgmt) && proto_match == 0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - no WPA/RSN proto match");
WPS: Require PBC match with wps_pbc that specifies BSSID The WPS mode was already verified when the AP was configured for WPA/WPA2, but this was not done with AP that was in open mode. Fix this by allowing wpa_supplicant_ssid_bss_match() to be called in non-WPA configuration, too. With this change, wps_pbc BSSID command will wait until the specified target AP is in active PBC mode before trying to connect to it.
2010-12-28 07:56:23 +01:00
return 0;
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Fix WPA/WPA2 AP rejection on parameter mismatch If WPA/WPA2 was enabled in the configuration, the non-WPA exception could allow an incorrect AP to be selected from scan results. Do not use the exception if WPA/WPA2 is enabled in configuration.
2011-04-08 18:13:58 +02:00
if (!wpa_key_mgmt_wpa(ssid->key_mgmt)) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " allow in non-WPA/WPA2");
return 1;
}
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " reject due to mismatch with "
"WPA/WPA2");
return 0;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Add freq_list network configuration parameter This can be used to limit which frequencies are considered when selecting a BSS. This is somewhat similar to scan_freq, but will also affect any scan results regardless of which program triggered the scan.
2010-03-27 06:45:50 +01:00
static int freq_allowed(int *freqs, int freq)
{
int i;
if (freqs == NULL)
return 1;
for (i = 0; freqs[i]; i++)
if (freqs[i] == freq)
return 1;
return 0;
}
wpa_supplicant: Check rate sets before joining BSS IEEE Std 802.11-2007 7.3.2.2 demands that in order to join a BSS all required basic rates have to be supported by the hardware. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 10:58:54 +02:00
static int ht_supported(const struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode)
{
if (!(mode->flags & HOSTAPD_MODE_FLAG_HT_INFO_KNOWN)) {
/*
* The driver did not indicate whether it supports HT. Assume
* it does to avoid connection issues.
*/
return 1;
}
/*
* IEEE Std 802.11n-2009 20.1.1:
* An HT non-AP STA shall support all EQM rates for one spatial stream.
*/
return mode->mcs_set[0] == 0xff;
}
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
static int rate_match(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, struct wpa_bss *bss)
wpa_supplicant: Check rate sets before joining BSS IEEE Std 802.11-2007 7.3.2.2 demands that in order to join a BSS all required basic rates have to be supported by the hardware. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 10:58:54 +02:00
{
const struct hostapd_hw_modes *mode = NULL, *modes;
const u8 scan_ie[2] = { WLAN_EID_SUPP_RATES, WLAN_EID_EXT_SUPP_RATES };
const u8 *rate_ie;
int i, j, k;
Skip rate set matching if BSS frequency is not known At least with driver_test.c, the BSS table may not include frequency information. In such a case, we need to skip rate set matching during BSS selection to avoid rejecting valid AP. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-30 10:41:22 +01:00
if (bss->freq == 0)
return 1; /* Cannot do matching without knowing band */
wpa_supplicant: Check rate sets before joining BSS IEEE Std 802.11-2007 7.3.2.2 demands that in order to join a BSS all required basic rates have to be supported by the hardware. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 10:58:54 +02:00
modes = wpa_s->hw.modes;
if (modes == NULL) {
/*
* The driver does not provide any additional information
* about the utilized hardware, so allow the connection attempt
* to continue.
*/
return 1;
}
for (i = 0; i < wpa_s->hw.num_modes; i++) {
for (j = 0; j < modes[i].num_channels; j++) {
int freq = modes[i].channels[j].freq;
if (freq == bss->freq) {
if (mode &&
mode->mode == HOSTAPD_MODE_IEEE80211G)
break; /* do not allow 802.11b replace
* 802.11g */
mode = &modes[i];
break;
}
}
}
if (mode == NULL)
return 0;
for (i = 0; i < (int) sizeof(scan_ie); i++) {
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
rate_ie = wpa_bss_get_ie(bss, scan_ie[i]);
wpa_supplicant: Check rate sets before joining BSS IEEE Std 802.11-2007 7.3.2.2 demands that in order to join a BSS all required basic rates have to be supported by the hardware. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 10:58:54 +02:00
if (rate_ie == NULL)
continue;
for (j = 2; j < rate_ie[1] + 2; j++) {
int flagged = !!(rate_ie[j] & 0x80);
int r = (rate_ie[j] & 0x7f) * 5;
/*
* IEEE Std 802.11n-2009 7.3.2.2:
* The new BSS Membership selector value is encoded
* like a legacy basic rate, but it is not a rate and
* only indicates if the BSS members are required to
* support the mandatory features of Clause 20 [HT PHY]
* in order to join the BSS.
*/
if (flagged && ((rate_ie[j] & 0x7f) ==
BSS_MEMBERSHIP_SELECTOR_HT_PHY)) {
if (!ht_supported(mode)) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG,
" hardware does not support "
"HT PHY");
return 0;
}
continue;
}
if (!flagged)
continue;
/* check for legacy basic rates */
for (k = 0; k < mode->num_rates; k++) {
if (mode->rates[k] == r)
break;
}
if (k == mode->num_rates) {
/*
* IEEE Std 802.11-2007 7.3.2.2 demands that in
* order to join a BSS all required rates
* have to be supported by the hardware.
*/
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " hardware does "
"not support required rate %d.%d Mbps",
r / 10, r % 10);
return 0;
}
}
}
return 1;
}
Capability matching for 60 GHz band On the DMG (60 GHz) band, capability bits defined differently from non-DMG ones. Adjust capability matching to cover both cases. Also, for non-DMG bands, check ESS bit is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-07 15:20:18 +01:00
static int bss_is_dmg(struct wpa_bss *bss)
{
return bss->freq > 45000;
}
/*
* Test whether BSS is in an ESS.
* This is done differently in DMG (60 GHz) and non-DMG bands
*/
static int bss_is_ess(struct wpa_bss *bss)
{
if (bss_is_dmg(bss)) {
return (bss->caps & IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_MASK) ==
IEEE80211_CAP_DMG_AP;
}
return ((bss->caps & (IEEE80211_CAP_ESS | IEEE80211_CAP_IBSS)) ==
IEEE80211_CAP_ESS);
}
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
static struct wpa_ssid * wpa_scan_res_match(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
int i, struct wpa_bss *bss,
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
struct wpa_ssid *group)
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
{
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
u8 wpa_ie_len, rsn_ie_len;
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
int wpa;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
struct wpa_blacklist *e;
const u8 *ie;
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
ie = wpa_bss_get_vendor_ie(bss, WPA_IE_VENDOR_TYPE);
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
wpa_ie_len = ie ? ie[1] : 0;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
ie = wpa_bss_get_ie(bss, WLAN_EID_RSN);
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
rsn_ie_len = ie ? ie[1] : 0;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "%d: " MACSTR " ssid='%s' "
"wpa_ie_len=%u rsn_ie_len=%u caps=0x%x level=%d%s",
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
i, MAC2STR(bss->bssid), wpa_ssid_txt(bss->ssid, bss->ssid_len),
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_ie_len, rsn_ie_len, bss->caps, bss->level,
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
wpa_bss_get_vendor_ie(bss, WPS_IE_VENDOR_TYPE) ? " wps" : "");
Split wpa_supplicant_select_bss() into three and remove odd debug message This function was getting way too long, so let's split it into WPA and non-WPA cases as separate functions. In addition, remove the confusing "Try to find non-WPA AP" debug message if a WPA-enabled AP is already selected (as reported by Andriy Tkachuk).
2008-09-26 16:24:40 +02:00
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
e = wpa_blacklist_get(wpa_s, bss->bssid);
Blacklist BSS on first failure if only a single network is enabled The special case of requiring blacklisting count to be 2 or higher is only needed when more than a single network is currently enabled. As such, we should not do that when only a single network is enabled. This make the station more likely to follow network side load balancing attempts where the current AP may disassociate us with an assumption that we would move to another AP.
2010-11-26 10:23:50 +01:00
if (e) {
int limit = 1;
Validate WEP key lengths based on driver capabilities The nl80211 driver interface does not allow 128-bit WEP to be used without a vendor specific cipher suite and no such suite is defined for this purpose. Do not accept WEP key length 16 for nl80211 driver interface forn ow. wext-interface can still try to use these for backwards compatibility. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-10 13:34:46 +02:00
if (wpa_supplicant_enabled_networks(wpa_s) == 1) {
Blacklist BSS on first failure if only a single network is enabled The special case of requiring blacklisting count to be 2 or higher is only needed when more than a single network is currently enabled. As such, we should not do that when only a single network is enabled. This make the station more likely to follow network side load balancing attempts where the current AP may disassociate us with an assumption that we would move to another AP.
2010-11-26 10:23:50 +01:00
/*
* When only a single network is enabled, we can
* trigger blacklisting on the first failure. This
* should not be done with multiple enabled networks to
* avoid getting forced to move into a worse ESS on
* single error if there are no other BSSes of the
* current ESS.
*/
limit = 0;
}
if (e->count > limit) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - blacklisted "
"(count=%d limit=%d)", e->count, limit);
Return NULL instead of 0 as the pointer on error case
2011-04-08 18:16:20 +02:00
return NULL;
Blacklist BSS on first failure if only a single network is enabled The special case of requiring blacklisting count to be 2 or higher is only needed when more than a single network is currently enabled. As such, we should not do that when only a single network is enabled. This make the station more likely to follow network side load balancing attempts where the current AP may disassociate us with an assumption that we would move to another AP.
2010-11-26 10:23:50 +01:00
}
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
if (bss->ssid_len == 0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - SSID not known");
Return NULL instead of 0 as the pointer on error case
2011-04-08 18:16:20 +02:00
return NULL;
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
}
Skip networks without known SSID when selecting the BSS Previously, APs that were hiding SSID (zero-length SSID IE in Beacon frames) could have been selected when wildcard SSID matching was used. This would result in failed association attempt since the client does not know the correct SSID. This can slow down WPS which is often using wildcard SSID matching. Ignore BSSes without known SSID in the scan results when selecting which BSS to use.
2009-10-15 20:58:58 +02:00
Add disallow_aps parameter to disallow BSSIDs/SSIDs External programs can use this new parameter to prevent wpa_supplicant from connecting to a list of BSSIDs and/or SSIDs. The disallowed BSSes will still be visible in scan results and it is possible to run ANQP operations with them, but BSS selection for connection will skip any BSS that matches an entry in the disallowed list. The new parameter can be set with the control interface SET command using following syntax: SET disallow_aps <disallow_list> disallow_list ::= <ssid_spec> | <bssid_spec> | <disallow_list> | “” SSID_SPEC ::= ssid <SSID_HEX> BSSID_SPEC ::= bssid <BSSID_HEX> For example: wpa_cli set disallow_list "ssid 74657374 bssid 001122334455 ssid 68656c6c6f" wpa_cli set disallow_list (the empty value removes all entries) Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-27 16:36:59 +02:00
if (disallowed_bssid(wpa_s, bss->bssid)) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - BSSID disallowed");
return NULL;
}
if (disallowed_ssid(wpa_s, bss->ssid, bss->ssid_len)) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - SSID disallowed");
return NULL;
}
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
wpa = wpa_ie_len > 0 || rsn_ie_len > 0;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
for (ssid = group; ssid; ssid = ssid->pnext) {
int check_ssid = wpa ? 1 : (ssid->ssid_len != 0);
Disable network block temporarily on authentication failures If 4-way handshake fails due to likely PSK failure or if EAP authentication fails, disable the network block temporarily. Use longer duration if multiple consecutive failures are seen. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 22:01:26 +02:00
int res;
Added preliminary Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) implementation This adds WPS support for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant. Both programs can be configured to act as WPS Enrollee and Registrar. Both PBC and PIN methods are supported. Currently, hostapd has more complete configuration option for WPS parameters and wpa_supplicant configuration style will likely change in the future. External Registrars are not yet supported in hostapd or wpa_supplicant. While wpa_supplicant has initial support for acting as an Registrar to configure an AP, this is still using number of hardcoded parameters which will need to be made configurable for proper operation.
2008-11-23 18:34:26 +01:00
Validate WEP key lengths based on driver capabilities The nl80211 driver interface does not allow 128-bit WEP to be used without a vendor specific cipher suite and no such suite is defined for this purpose. Do not accept WEP key length 16 for nl80211 driver interface forn ow. wext-interface can still try to use these for backwards compatibility. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-10 13:34:46 +02:00
if (wpas_network_disabled(wpa_s, ssid)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - disabled");
Fix BSS selection with multiple configured networks Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae broke the logic on iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first configured network to be found.
2010-08-28 11:04:21 +02:00
continue;
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
}
Split wpa_supplicant_select_bss() into three and remove odd debug message This function was getting way too long, so let's split it into WPA and non-WPA cases as separate functions. In addition, remove the confusing "Try to find non-WPA AP" debug message if a WPA-enabled AP is already selected (as reported by Andriy Tkachuk).
2008-09-26 16:24:40 +02:00
Disable network block temporarily on authentication failures If 4-way handshake fails due to likely PSK failure or if EAP authentication fails, disable the network block temporarily. Use longer duration if multiple consecutive failures are seen. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 22:01:26 +02:00
res = wpas_temp_disabled(wpa_s, ssid);
if (res > 0) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - disabled "
"temporarily for %d second(s)", res);
continue;
}
Added preliminary Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) implementation This adds WPS support for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant. Both programs can be configured to act as WPS Enrollee and Registrar. Both PBC and PIN methods are supported. Currently, hostapd has more complete configuration option for WPS parameters and wpa_supplicant configuration style will likely change in the future. External Registrars are not yet supported in hostapd or wpa_supplicant. While wpa_supplicant has initial support for acting as an Registrar to configure an AP, this is still using number of hardcoded parameters which will need to be made configurable for proper operation.
2008-11-23 18:34:26 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WPS
WPS: Use blacklist more aggressively during WPS provisioning This allows more APs to be tried during the WPS timeout.
2010-09-22 20:50:15 +02:00
if ((ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS) && e && e->count > 0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - blacklisted "
"(WPS)");
WPS: Use blacklist more aggressively during WPS provisioning This allows more APs to be tried during the WPS timeout.
2010-09-22 20:50:15 +02:00
continue;
}
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
if (wpa && ssid->ssid_len == 0 &&
wpas_wps_ssid_wildcard_ok(wpa_s, ssid, bss))
check_ssid = 0;
if (!wpa && (ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS)) {
/* Only allow wildcard SSID match if an AP
* advertises active WPS operation that matches
* with our mode. */
check_ssid = 1;
Added preliminary Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) implementation This adds WPS support for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant. Both programs can be configured to act as WPS Enrollee and Registrar. Both PBC and PIN methods are supported. Currently, hostapd has more complete configuration option for WPS parameters and wpa_supplicant configuration style will likely change in the future. External Registrars are not yet supported in hostapd or wpa_supplicant. While wpa_supplicant has initial support for acting as an Registrar to configure an AP, this is still using number of hardcoded parameters which will need to be made configurable for proper operation.
2008-11-23 18:34:26 +01:00
if (ssid->ssid_len == 0 &&
Allow WPS APs for PIN enrollment even without Selected Registrar Some WPS APs do not set Selected Registrar attribute to 1 properly when using an external Registrar. Allow such an AP to be selected for PIN registration after couple of scan runs that do not find APs marked with Selected Registrar = 1. This allows wpa_supplicant to iterate through all APs that advertise WPS support without delaying connection with implementations that set Selected Registrar = 1 properly.
2009-01-23 12:10:58 +01:00
wpas_wps_ssid_wildcard_ok(wpa_s, ssid, bss))
Added preliminary Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) implementation This adds WPS support for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant. Both programs can be configured to act as WPS Enrollee and Registrar. Both PBC and PIN methods are supported. Currently, hostapd has more complete configuration option for WPS parameters and wpa_supplicant configuration style will likely change in the future. External Registrars are not yet supported in hostapd or wpa_supplicant. While wpa_supplicant has initial support for acting as an Registrar to configure an AP, this is still using number of hardcoded parameters which will need to be made configurable for proper operation.
2008-11-23 18:34:26 +01:00
check_ssid = 0;
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
}
Added preliminary Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS) implementation This adds WPS support for both hostapd and wpa_supplicant. Both programs can be configured to act as WPS Enrollee and Registrar. Both PBC and PIN methods are supported. Currently, hostapd has more complete configuration option for WPS parameters and wpa_supplicant configuration style will likely change in the future. External Registrars are not yet supported in hostapd or wpa_supplicant. While wpa_supplicant has initial support for acting as an Registrar to configure an AP, this is still using number of hardcoded parameters which will need to be made configurable for proper operation.
2008-11-23 18:34:26 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_WPS */
Allow wildcard SSID to be used with WPA-PSK if bssid is set This allows the AP to be selected based on the BSSID when WPA-PSK is used with a passphrase. The PSK will be derived from the passphrase after the SSID has been learned from scan results.
2011-09-30 21:01:42 +02:00
if (ssid->bssid_set && ssid->ssid_len == 0 &&
os_memcmp(bss->bssid, ssid->bssid, ETH_ALEN) == 0)
check_ssid = 0;
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
if (check_ssid &&
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
(bss->ssid_len != ssid->ssid_len ||
os_memcmp(bss->ssid, ssid->ssid, bss->ssid_len) != 0)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - SSID mismatch");
Fix BSS selection with multiple configured networks Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae broke the logic on iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first configured network to be found.
2010-08-28 11:04:21 +02:00
continue;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
if (ssid->bssid_set &&
os_memcmp(bss->bssid, ssid->bssid, ETH_ALEN) != 0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - BSSID mismatch");
Fix BSS selection with multiple configured networks Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae broke the logic on iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first configured network to be found.
2010-08-28 11:04:21 +02:00
continue;
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
WPS: Require PBC match with wps_pbc that specifies BSSID The WPS mode was already verified when the AP was configured for WPA/WPA2, but this was not done with AP that was in open mode. Fix this by allowing wpa_supplicant_ssid_bss_match() to be called in non-WPA configuration, too. With this change, wps_pbc BSSID command will wait until the specified target AP is in active PBC mode before trying to connect to it.
2010-12-28 07:56:23 +01:00
if (!wpa_supplicant_ssid_bss_match(wpa_s, ssid, bss))
Fix BSS selection with multiple configured networks Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae broke the logic on iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first configured network to be found.
2010-08-28 11:04:21 +02:00
continue;
Split wpa_supplicant_select_bss() into three and remove odd debug message This function was getting way too long, so let's split it into WPA and non-WPA cases as separate functions. In addition, remove the confusing "Try to find non-WPA AP" debug message if a WPA-enabled AP is already selected (as reported by Andriy Tkachuk).
2008-09-26 16:24:40 +02:00
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
if (!wpa &&
!(ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_NONE) &&
!(ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS) &&
!(ssid->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_IEEE8021X_NO_WPA)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - non-WPA network "
"not allowed");
Fix BSS selection with multiple configured networks Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae broke the logic on iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first configured network to be found.
2010-08-28 11:04:21 +02:00
continue;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Split wpa_supplicant_select_bss() into three and remove odd debug message This function was getting way too long, so let's split it into WPA and non-WPA cases as separate functions. In addition, remove the confusing "Try to find non-WPA AP" debug message if a WPA-enabled AP is already selected (as reported by Andriy Tkachuk).
2008-09-26 16:24:40 +02:00
Fix AP selection to check privacy mismatch and IBSS with WPA/RSN IE These checks were previously skipped if the scan result included WPA or RSN IE. However, that can result in selecting a network that does not match local configuration in some cases.
2011-06-23 14:39:00 +02:00
if (!wpa_supplicant_match_privacy(bss, ssid)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - privacy "
"mismatch");
Fix BSS selection with multiple configured networks Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae broke the logic on iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first configured network to be found.
2010-08-28 11:04:21 +02:00
continue;
Skip networks without known SSID when selecting the BSS Previously, APs that were hiding SSID (zero-length SSID IE in Beacon frames) could have been selected when wildcard SSID matching was used. This would result in failed association attempt since the client does not know the correct SSID. This can slow down WPS which is often using wildcard SSID matching. Ignore BSSes without known SSID in the scan results when selecting which BSS to use.
2009-10-15 20:58:58 +02:00
}
Capability matching for 60 GHz band On the DMG (60 GHz) band, capability bits defined differently from non-DMG ones. Adjust capability matching to cover both cases. Also, for non-DMG bands, check ESS bit is set. Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-07 15:20:18 +01:00
if (!bss_is_ess(bss)) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - not ESS network");
Fix BSS selection with multiple configured networks Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae broke the logic on iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first configured network to be found.
2010-08-28 11:04:21 +02:00
continue;
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
}
Add freq_list network configuration parameter This can be used to limit which frequencies are considered when selecting a BSS. This is somewhat similar to scan_freq, but will also affect any scan results regardless of which program triggered the scan.
2010-03-27 06:45:50 +01:00
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
if (!freq_allowed(ssid->freq_list, bss->freq)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - frequency not "
"allowed");
Fix BSS selection with multiple configured networks Commit d8d940b7469e505aec4d71a02d3f7ebab412eeae broke the logic on iterating through all configured network blocks. This was supposed to continue the loop on mismatch to allow other than the first configured network to be found.
2010-08-28 11:04:21 +02:00
continue;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
wpa_supplicant: Check rate sets before joining BSS IEEE Std 802.11-2007 7.3.2.2 demands that in order to join a BSS all required basic rates have to be supported by the hardware. Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
2011-10-23 10:58:54 +02:00
if (!rate_match(wpa_s, bss)) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " skip - rate sets do "
"not match");
continue;
}
P2P: Add TODO note for Group Formation bit use in AP selection
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
/*
* TODO: skip the AP if its P2P IE has Group Formation
* bit set in the P2P Group Capability Bitmap and we
* are not in Group Formation with that device.
*/
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
/* Matching configuration found */
return ssid;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
/* No matching configuration found */
Return NULL instead of 0 as the pointer on error case
2011-04-08 18:16:20 +02:00
return NULL;
Split wpa_supplicant_select_bss() into three and remove odd debug message This function was getting way too long, so let's split it into WPA and non-WPA cases as separate functions. In addition, remove the confusing "Try to find non-WPA AP" debug message if a WPA-enabled AP is already selected (as reported by Andriy Tkachuk).
2008-09-26 16:24:40 +02:00
}
Use BSS table entry instead of raw scan result for connection
2010-01-02 15:16:02 +01:00
static struct wpa_bss *
Do not store raw scan results Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 15:41:38 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_select_bss(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_ssid *group,
Split wpa_supplicant_select_bss() into three and remove odd debug message This function was getting way too long, so let's split it into WPA and non-WPA cases as separate functions. In addition, remove the confusing "Try to find non-WPA AP" debug message if a WPA-enabled AP is already selected (as reported by Andriy Tkachuk).
2008-09-26 16:24:40 +02:00
struct wpa_ssid **selected_ssid)
{
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
unsigned int i;
Split wpa_supplicant_select_bss() into three and remove odd debug message This function was getting way too long, so let's split it into WPA and non-WPA cases as separate functions. In addition, remove the confusing "Try to find non-WPA AP" debug message if a WPA-enabled AP is already selected (as reported by Andriy Tkachuk).
2008-09-26 16:24:40 +02:00
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Selecting BSS from priority group %d",
group->priority);
Split wpa_supplicant_select_bss() into three and remove odd debug message This function was getting way too long, so let's split it into WPA and non-WPA cases as separate functions. In addition, remove the confusing "Try to find non-WPA AP" debug message if a WPA-enabled AP is already selected (as reported by Andriy Tkachuk).
2008-09-26 16:24:40 +02:00
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
for (i = 0; i < wpa_s->last_scan_res_used; i++) {
struct wpa_bss *bss = wpa_s->last_scan_res[i];
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
*selected_ssid = wpa_scan_res_match(wpa_s, i, bss, group);
if (!*selected_ssid)
continue;
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " selected BSS " MACSTR
" ssid='%s'",
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
MAC2STR(bss->bssid),
wpa_ssid_txt(bss->ssid, bss->ssid_len));
return bss;
Merge WPA and non-WPA network selection routines This removes quite a bit of duplicated code and allows network block priority configuration to be used to prefer unprotected networks and also allows use on open network with good signal strength even if scan results show a protected network with marginal signal strength that does not allow it to be used.
2010-08-27 19:05:49 +02:00
}
return NULL;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
WPS: Skip rescanning after provisioning if AP was configured If WPS provisioning step is completed with an AP that is in WPS configured state, we can skip a second scan after the provisioning step since the AP is unlikely to change its configuration in such a case. This can speed up WPS connection a bit by removing an unneeded scan. Signed-hostap: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2013-03-31 19:06:42 +02:00
struct wpa_bss * wpa_supplicant_pick_network(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_ssid **selected_ssid)
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
{
Use BSS table entry instead of raw scan result for connection
2010-01-02 15:16:02 +01:00
struct wpa_bss *selected = NULL;
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
int prio;
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
if (wpa_s->last_scan_res == NULL ||
wpa_s->last_scan_res_used == 0)
return NULL; /* no scan results from last update */
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
while (selected == NULL) {
for (prio = 0; prio < wpa_s->conf->num_prio; prio++) {
selected = wpa_supplicant_select_bss(
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
wpa_s, wpa_s->conf->pssid[prio],
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
selected_ssid);
if (selected)
break;
}
Add BSSID into blacklist and do not clean blacklist during countermeasures If scanning continues during TKIP countermeasures, try to avoid selecting the BSS that triggered the counter measures.
2011-12-25 20:09:17 +01:00
if (selected == NULL && wpa_s->blacklist &&
!wpa_s->countermeasures) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "No APs found - clear "
"blacklist and try again");
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
wpa_blacklist_clear(wpa_s);
wpa_s->blacklist_cleared++;
} else if (selected == NULL)
break;
}
return selected;
}
static void wpa_supplicant_req_new_scan(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
Allow sub-second resolution for scan requests This is in preparation to use cases that may benefit from more frequent scanning.
2010-04-11 18:10:01 +02:00
int timeout_sec, int timeout_usec)
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
{
Validate WEP key lengths based on driver capabilities The nl80211 driver interface does not allow 128-bit WEP to be used without a vendor specific cipher suite and no such suite is defined for this purpose. Do not accept WEP key length 16 for nl80211 driver interface forn ow. wext-interface can still try to use these for backwards compatibility. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-10 13:34:46 +02:00
if (!wpa_supplicant_enabled_networks(wpa_s)) {
Do not schedule a new scan if no networks are enabled This avoids an extra timeout to move to INACTIVE state.
2009-10-14 21:05:58 +02:00
/*
* No networks are enabled; short-circuit request so
* we don't wait timeout seconds before transitioning
* to INACTIVE state.
*/
P2P: Add more debug prints for GO start routines This makes it easier to debug issues in starting GO mode. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-24 00:05:51 +02:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Short-circuit new scan request "
"since there are no enabled networks");
Do not schedule a new scan if no networks are enabled This avoids an extra timeout to move to INACTIVE state.
2009-10-14 21:05:58 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_INACTIVE);
P2P: Fix pending-sta-scan processing for concurrent operation cases If two P2P_FIND commands and a station mode SCAN command are issued in a sequence with the second P2P_FIND and SCAN commands started before the initial scan from the first P2P_FIND command has completed, sta_scan_pending may be left set without an automatic way of getting it cleared. This can get P2P search stuck if no further station mode scan operations are run. Fix this by clearing the sta_scan_pending flag whenever station mode scans are stopped due to no enabled networks resulting in INACTIVE mode getting entered. In addition, avoid setting sta_scan_pending flag when a special scan_res_handler is set so that this does not get enabled on the P2P Device interface during a P2P search operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-24 12:46:27 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
wpa_s->sta_scan_pending = 0;
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
Do not schedule a new scan if no networks are enabled This avoids an extra timeout to move to INACTIVE state.
2009-10-14 21:05:58 +02:00
return;
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
}
P2P: Avoid multi-channel scans when they are not needed If the driver does not support multi-channel concurrency and a virtual interface that shares the same radio with the current interface is operating there may not be need to scan other channels apart from the current operating channel on the other virtual interface. Filter out other channels in case we are trying to find a connection for a station interface when we are not configured to prefer station connection and a concurrent operation is already in process. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-25 11:47:43 +01:00
wpa_s->scan_for_connection = 1;
Allow sub-second resolution for scan requests This is in preparation to use cases that may benefit from more frequent scanning.
2010-04-11 18:10:01 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(wpa_s, timeout_sec, timeout_usec);
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
}
P2P: Fix wpa_supplicant crash on P2P WPS PBC overlap case Once PBC overlap detected when using dynamic group interfaces, the wpa_s corresponding to P2P group interface is freed. This patch avoids accessing the wpa_s data structure after it is freed. This fixes a possible crash in P2P client role in such a case.
2011-10-24 22:37:39 +02:00
int wpa_supplicant_connect(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_bss *selected,
struct wpa_ssid *ssid)
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
{
if (wpas_wps_scan_pbc_overlap(wpa_s, selected, ssid)) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, WPS_EVENT_OVERLAP
"PBC session overlap");
P2P: Stop connection attempt on PBC session overlap The overlap condition cannot disappear before group formation timeout hits, so there is no point in continuing in this case and failure can be indicated immediately.
2010-09-07 12:42:55 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
if (wpas_p2p_notif_pbc_overlap(wpa_s) == 1)
P2P: Fix wpa_supplicant crash on P2P WPS PBC overlap case Once PBC overlap detected when using dynamic group interfaces, the wpa_s corresponding to P2P group interface is freed. This patch avoids accessing the wpa_s data structure after it is freed. This fixes a possible crash in P2P client role in such a case.
2011-10-24 22:37:39 +02:00
return -1;
P2P: Stop connection attempt on PBC session overlap The overlap condition cannot disappear before group formation timeout hits, so there is no point in continuing in this case and failure can be indicated immediately.
2010-09-07 12:42:55 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
Fix wpa_supplicant build without CONFIG_WPS and CONFIG_AP
2010-10-07 09:41:58 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WPS
WPS: Cancel WPS operation on PBC session overlap detection Previously, wpa_supplicant remaining in scanning state without trying to connect, but there is no particular need to do that. Instead, cancel WPS operation completely whenever PBC session overlap is detected.
2010-09-20 02:04:04 +02:00
wpas_wps_cancel(wpa_s);
Fix wpa_supplicant build without CONFIG_WPS and CONFIG_AP
2010-10-07 09:41:58 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_WPS */
P2P: Fix wpa_supplicant crash on P2P WPS PBC overlap case Once PBC overlap detected when using dynamic group interfaces, the wpa_s corresponding to P2P group interface is freed. This patch avoids accessing the wpa_s data structure after it is freed. This fixes a possible crash in P2P client role in such a case.
2011-10-24 22:37:39 +02:00
return -1;
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
}
Fix already-associated detection with driver-based BSS selection wpa_s->pending_bssid is all zeros during connection attempt when driver-based BSS selection is used. Take this into account when determining whether new scan results should trigger a connection based on wpa_s->current_ssid, i.e., a connection attempt with the selected network instead of selected BSS. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-21 18:34:00 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG,
"Considering connect request: reassociate: %d selected: "
MACSTR " bssid: " MACSTR " pending: " MACSTR
" wpa_state: %s ssid=%p current_ssid=%p",
wpa_s->reassociate, MAC2STR(selected->bssid),
MAC2STR(wpa_s->bssid), MAC2STR(wpa_s->pending_bssid),
wpa_supplicant_state_txt(wpa_s->wpa_state),
ssid, wpa_s->current_ssid);
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
/*
* Do not trigger new association unless the BSSID has changed or if
* reassociation is requested. If we are in process of associating with
* the selected BSSID, do not trigger new attempt.
*/
if (wpa_s->reassociate ||
(os_memcmp(selected->bssid, wpa_s->bssid, ETH_ALEN) != 0 &&
SME: Add timers for authentication and asscoiation mac80211 authentication or association operation may get stuck for some reasons, so wpa_supplicant better use an internal timer to recover from this. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-24 15:59:46 +01:00
((wpa_s->wpa_state != WPA_ASSOCIATING &&
wpa_s->wpa_state != WPA_AUTHENTICATING) ||
Fix already-associated detection with driver-based BSS selection wpa_s->pending_bssid is all zeros during connection attempt when driver-based BSS selection is used. Take this into account when determining whether new scan results should trigger a connection based on wpa_s->current_ssid, i.e., a connection attempt with the selected network instead of selected BSS. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-21 18:34:00 +02:00
(!is_zero_ether_addr(wpa_s->pending_bssid) &&
os_memcmp(selected->bssid, wpa_s->pending_bssid, ETH_ALEN) !=
0) ||
(is_zero_ether_addr(wpa_s->pending_bssid) &&
ssid != wpa_s->current_ssid)))) {
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
if (wpa_supplicant_scard_init(wpa_s, ssid)) {
Allow sub-second resolution for scan requests This is in preparation to use cases that may benefit from more frequent scanning.
2010-04-11 18:10:01 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_req_new_scan(wpa_s, 10, 0);
P2P: Fix wpa_supplicant crash on P2P WPS PBC overlap case Once PBC overlap detected when using dynamic group interfaces, the wpa_s corresponding to P2P group interface is freed. This patch avoids accessing the wpa_s data structure after it is freed. This fixes a possible crash in P2P client role in such a case.
2011-10-24 22:37:39 +02:00
return 0;
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
}
Fix already-associated detection with driver-based BSS selection wpa_s->pending_bssid is all zeros during connection attempt when driver-based BSS selection is used. Take this into account when determining whether new scan results should trigger a connection based on wpa_s->current_ssid, i.e., a connection attempt with the selected network instead of selected BSS. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-21 18:34:00 +02:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Request association with " MACSTR,
MAC2STR(selected->bssid));
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_associate(wpa_s, selected, ssid);
} else {
Fix already-associated detection with driver-based BSS selection wpa_s->pending_bssid is all zeros during connection attempt when driver-based BSS selection is used. Take this into account when determining whether new scan results should trigger a connection based on wpa_s->current_ssid, i.e., a connection attempt with the selected network instead of selected BSS. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-21 18:34:00 +02:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Already associated or trying to "
"connect with the selected AP");
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
}
P2P: Fix wpa_supplicant crash on P2P WPS PBC overlap case Once PBC overlap detected when using dynamic group interfaces, the wpa_s corresponding to P2P group interface is freed. This patch avoids accessing the wpa_s data structure after it is freed. This fixes a possible crash in P2P client role in such a case.
2011-10-24 22:37:39 +02:00
return 0;
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
}
Allow IBSS/AP mode networks to be created in ap_scan=1 mode If no BSSes/IBSSes matching the enabled networks are found in the scan results, IBSS/AP mode network (if configured) can be created in ap_scan=1 mode instead of requiring ap_scan=2 mode to be used whenever using IBSS or AP mode.
2009-09-29 16:11:36 +02:00
static struct wpa_ssid *
wpa_supplicant_pick_new_network(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
int prio;
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
for (prio = 0; prio < wpa_s->conf->num_prio; prio++) {
for (ssid = wpa_s->conf->pssid[prio]; ssid; ssid = ssid->pnext)
{
Validate WEP key lengths based on driver capabilities The nl80211 driver interface does not allow 128-bit WEP to be used without a vendor specific cipher suite and no such suite is defined for this purpose. Do not accept WEP key length 16 for nl80211 driver interface forn ow. wext-interface can still try to use these for backwards compatibility. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-10 13:34:46 +02:00
if (wpas_network_disabled(wpa_s, ssid))
Allow IBSS/AP mode networks to be created in ap_scan=1 mode If no BSSes/IBSSes matching the enabled networks are found in the scan results, IBSS/AP mode network (if configured) can be created in ap_scan=1 mode instead of requiring ap_scan=2 mode to be used whenever using IBSS or AP mode.
2009-09-29 16:11:36 +02:00
continue;
if (ssid->mode == IEEE80211_MODE_IBSS ||
ssid->mode == IEEE80211_MODE_AP)
return ssid;
}
}
return NULL;
}
Do not store raw scan results Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 15:41:38 +01:00
/* TODO: move the rsn_preauth_scan_result*() to be called from notify.c based
* on BSS added and BSS changed events */
Split scan processing for RSN preauthentication into parts This avoids passing the raw scan results into the RSN code and by doing so, removes the only dependency on src/drivers from the src/rsn_supp code (or from any src subdirectory for that matter).
2009-11-29 16:06:03 +01:00
static void wpa_supplicant_rsn_preauth_scan_results(
Fix regression in RSN pre-authentication candidate list generation Processing of the scan results for RSN pre-authentication candidates was moved to happen before the network was selected. This resulted in all candidates being dropped due to no SSID having been configured. Fix this by moving the processing to happen after the network has been selected. Since the raw scan results are not available at that point, use the BSS table instead of scan results to fetch the information.
2011-05-19 16:52:46 +02:00
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
Split scan processing for RSN preauthentication into parts This avoids passing the raw scan results into the RSN code and by doing so, removes the only dependency on src/drivers from the src/rsn_supp code (or from any src subdirectory for that matter).
2009-11-29 16:06:03 +01:00
{
Fix regression in RSN pre-authentication candidate list generation Processing of the scan results for RSN pre-authentication candidates was moved to happen before the network was selected. This resulted in all candidates being dropped due to no SSID having been configured. Fix this by moving the processing to happen after the network has been selected. Since the raw scan results are not available at that point, use the BSS table instead of scan results to fetch the information.
2011-05-19 16:52:46 +02:00
struct wpa_bss *bss;
Split scan processing for RSN preauthentication into parts This avoids passing the raw scan results into the RSN code and by doing so, removes the only dependency on src/drivers from the src/rsn_supp code (or from any src subdirectory for that matter).
2009-11-29 16:06:03 +01:00
if (rsn_preauth_scan_results(wpa_s->wpa) < 0)
return;
Fix regression in RSN pre-authentication candidate list generation Processing of the scan results for RSN pre-authentication candidates was moved to happen before the network was selected. This resulted in all candidates being dropped due to no SSID having been configured. Fix this by moving the processing to happen after the network has been selected. Since the raw scan results are not available at that point, use the BSS table instead of scan results to fetch the information.
2011-05-19 16:52:46 +02:00
dl_list_for_each(bss, &wpa_s->bss, struct wpa_bss, list) {
Split scan processing for RSN preauthentication into parts This avoids passing the raw scan results into the RSN code and by doing so, removes the only dependency on src/drivers from the src/rsn_supp code (or from any src subdirectory for that matter).
2009-11-29 16:06:03 +01:00
const u8 *ssid, *rsn;
Fix regression in RSN pre-authentication candidate list generation Processing of the scan results for RSN pre-authentication candidates was moved to happen before the network was selected. This resulted in all candidates being dropped due to no SSID having been configured. Fix this by moving the processing to happen after the network has been selected. Since the raw scan results are not available at that point, use the BSS table instead of scan results to fetch the information.
2011-05-19 16:52:46 +02:00
ssid = wpa_bss_get_ie(bss, WLAN_EID_SSID);
Split scan processing for RSN preauthentication into parts This avoids passing the raw scan results into the RSN code and by doing so, removes the only dependency on src/drivers from the src/rsn_supp code (or from any src subdirectory for that matter).
2009-11-29 16:06:03 +01:00
if (ssid == NULL)
continue;
Fix regression in RSN pre-authentication candidate list generation Processing of the scan results for RSN pre-authentication candidates was moved to happen before the network was selected. This resulted in all candidates being dropped due to no SSID having been configured. Fix this by moving the processing to happen after the network has been selected. Since the raw scan results are not available at that point, use the BSS table instead of scan results to fetch the information.
2011-05-19 16:52:46 +02:00
rsn = wpa_bss_get_ie(bss, WLAN_EID_RSN);
Split scan processing for RSN preauthentication into parts This avoids passing the raw scan results into the RSN code and by doing so, removes the only dependency on src/drivers from the src/rsn_supp code (or from any src subdirectory for that matter).
2009-11-29 16:06:03 +01:00
if (rsn == NULL)
continue;
Fix regression in RSN pre-authentication candidate list generation Processing of the scan results for RSN pre-authentication candidates was moved to happen before the network was selected. This resulted in all candidates being dropped due to no SSID having been configured. Fix this by moving the processing to happen after the network has been selected. Since the raw scan results are not available at that point, use the BSS table instead of scan results to fetch the information.
2011-05-19 16:52:46 +02:00
rsn_preauth_scan_result(wpa_s->wpa, bss->bssid, ssid, rsn);
Split scan processing for RSN preauthentication into parts This avoids passing the raw scan results into the RSN code and by doing so, removes the only dependency on src/drivers from the src/rsn_supp code (or from any src subdirectory for that matter).
2009-11-29 16:06:03 +01:00
}
}
Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network disconnections. Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly stronger signal strength.
2010-01-25 03:19:50 +01:00
static int wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_bss *selected,
Use BSS table instead of scan results in need-to-roam determination The same information is available in the BSS table, so we can reduce the need for using the raw scan results in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 16:39:35 +02:00
struct wpa_ssid *ssid)
Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network disconnections. Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly stronger signal strength.
2010-01-25 03:19:50 +01:00
{
Use BSS table instead of scan results in need-to-roam determination The same information is available in the BSS table, so we can reduce the need for using the raw scan results in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 16:39:35 +02:00
struct wpa_bss *current_bss = NULL;
Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network disconnections. Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly stronger signal strength.
2010-01-25 03:19:50 +01:00
int min_diff;
if (wpa_s->reassociate)
return 1; /* explicit request to reassociate */
if (wpa_s->wpa_state < WPA_ASSOCIATED)
return 1; /* we are not associated; continue */
if (wpa_s->current_ssid == NULL)
return 1; /* unknown current SSID */
if (wpa_s->current_ssid != ssid)
return 1; /* different network block */
Support driver-based BSS selection in ap_scan=1 mode If the driver indicates that it supports BSS selection (including roaming within an ESS) with WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION, modify ap_scan=1 mode to behave like ap_scan=2 mode for BSS selection. The initial scan is still done to avoid the need for strict configuration of or security parameters (e.g., to figure out whether TKIP or CCMP is being used as the group cipher). However, when requesting the driver to connect, the bssid and freq parameters are not provided to leave the driver in control of selecting which BSS to use and to allow the driver to decide when to roam.
2011-09-26 13:57:23 +02:00
if (wpas_driver_bss_selection(wpa_s))
return 0; /* Driver-based roaming */
Use BSS table instead of scan results in need-to-roam determination The same information is available in the BSS table, so we can reduce the need for using the raw scan results in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 16:39:35 +02:00
if (wpa_s->current_ssid->ssid)
current_bss = wpa_bss_get(wpa_s, wpa_s->bssid,
wpa_s->current_ssid->ssid,
wpa_s->current_ssid->ssid_len);
if (!current_bss)
current_bss = wpa_bss_get_bssid(wpa_s, wpa_s->bssid);
Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network disconnections. Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly stronger signal strength.
2010-01-25 03:19:50 +01:00
if (!current_bss)
return 1; /* current BSS not seen in scan results */
Use BSS table instead of scan results in need-to-roam determination The same information is available in the BSS table, so we can reduce the need for using the raw scan results in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 16:39:35 +02:00
if (current_bss == selected)
return 0;
if (selected->last_update_idx > current_bss->last_update_idx)
return 1; /* current BSS not seen in the last scan */
Add CONFIG_NO_ROAMING option This can be used to disable wpa_supplicant controlled roaming. It should be noted that the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION capability is the preferred way for this and CONFIG_NO_ROAMING should be obsoleted once drivers support the new NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT capability advertisement. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-08-16 20:55:46 +02:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_ROAMING
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Considering within-ESS reassociation");
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Current BSS: " MACSTR " level=%d",
MAC2STR(current_bss->bssid), current_bss->level);
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Selected BSS: " MACSTR " level=%d",
MAC2STR(selected->bssid), selected->level);
Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network disconnections. Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly stronger signal strength.
2010-01-25 03:19:50 +01:00
Allow roam based on preferred BSSID regardless of signal strength
2010-02-28 10:09:58 +01:00
if (wpa_s->current_ssid->bssid_set &&
os_memcmp(selected->bssid, wpa_s->current_ssid->bssid, ETH_ALEN) ==
0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Allow reassociation - selected BSS "
"has preferred BSSID");
Allow roam based on preferred BSSID regardless of signal strength
2010-02-28 10:09:58 +01:00
return 1;
}
Verify that the selected BSS has a better signal level before roaming This prevents situations like the following where we roam to a lesser quality BSS just because the signal level delta is over our threshold. wlan0: Considering within-ESS reassociation wlan0: Current BSS: 00:24:6c:74:0a:40 level=-51 wlan0: Selected BSS: 00:24:6c:74:0a:e0 level=-64 wlan0: Request association: reassociate: 0 selected: 00:24:6c:74:0a:e0 bssid: 00:24:6c:74:0a:40 pending: 00:00:00:00:00:00 wpa_state: COMPLETED Signed-hostap: Robert Shade <robert.shade@gmail.com>
2012-11-24 16:17:50 +01:00
if (current_bss->level < 0 && current_bss->level > selected->level) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Skip roam - Current BSS has better "
"signal level");
return 0;
}
Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network disconnections. Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly stronger signal strength.
2010-01-25 03:19:50 +01:00
min_diff = 2;
if (current_bss->level < 0) {
if (current_bss->level < -85)
min_diff = 1;
else if (current_bss->level < -80)
min_diff = 2;
else if (current_bss->level < -75)
min_diff = 3;
else if (current_bss->level < -70)
min_diff = 4;
else
min_diff = 5;
}
if (abs(current_bss->level - selected->level) < min_diff) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Skip roam - too small difference "
"in signal level");
Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network disconnections. Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly stronger signal strength.
2010-01-25 03:19:50 +01:00
return 0;
}
return 1;
Add CONFIG_NO_ROAMING option This can be used to disable wpa_supplicant controlled roaming. It should be noted that the WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION capability is the preferred way for this and CONFIG_NO_ROAMING should be obsoleted once drivers support the new NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT capability advertisement. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-08-16 20:55:46 +02:00
#else /* CONFIG_NO_ROAMING */
return 0;
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_ROAMING */
Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network disconnections. Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly stronger signal strength.
2010-01-25 03:19:50 +01:00
}
Update WPA/RSN IE properly for driver based BSS selection This patch fixes an issue with roaming for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION (currently ath6kl). On moving to an AP with a different BSSID, an EVENT_ASSOC is received and the subsequent 4-way handshake may fail because of a mismatch between the RSN IE in message 3/4 and in Beacon/Probe Response. This happens only when the APs use different RSN IE contents and ap_scan is set to 1, since wpa_supplicant fails to update its cached IEs. Initial association may fail, too, in case of multiple APs with the same SSID, since BSSID selection is done by the driver and again a mismatch could be seen. Fix these two issues by clearing and updating the cached IEs on receiving an Association event from the driver. Also, retrieve the scan results when the new BSS information is not present locally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 16:34:39 +01:00
Do not inform other virtual interfaces of scan results in all cases If a connection operation is started on an interface based on scan results, other virtual interfaces should not be information about the results to avoid potential concurrent operations during the association steps. Since the sibling notification of scan results received was added as an optimization, skipping it for this type of cases is the simplest way of avoiding unnecessary concurrent operations. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 03:07:02 +02:00
/* Return != 0 if no scan results could be fetched or if scan results should not
Do not share special scan results with virtual interfaces When a special scan_res_handler is used the scan parameters may not have been suitable for other purposes (e.g., during a p2p_find operation). As such, do not indicate such scan results to other virtual interfaces using the same radio. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 19:30:40 +02:00
* be shared with other virtual interfaces. */
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
static int _wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
Use special scan result processing steps only on requesting interface Scan result events are shared between all virtual interfaces sharing the same radio. However, some of the steps are not really appropriate on virtual interfaces that did not issue the scan request. Fix this by making these steps conditional on the scan results being processed on the interface that requested them. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 16:07:09 +01:00
union wpa_event_data *data,
int own_request)
Split wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results() into helper functions
2009-09-29 13:30:11 +02:00
{
Do not store raw scan results Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 15:41:38 +01:00
struct wpa_scan_results *scan_res;
Ignore scan results in wpa_supplicant AP mode This is needed to avoid trying to reassociate based on new scan results when using wpa_supplicant to control AP mode. This could happen if something external triggered the driver to run a scan.
2010-07-18 05:32:25 +02:00
int ap = 0;
Move variable declaration into the beginning of function The variables used within the #ifndef block here needs to be defined in the beginning of the function to avoid issues with some compilers. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-29 23:37:59 +02:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL
size_t i, num;
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL */
Ignore scan results in wpa_supplicant AP mode This is needed to avoid trying to reassociate based on new scan results when using wpa_supplicant to control AP mode. This could happen if something external triggered the driver to run a scan.
2010-07-18 05:32:25 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
if (wpa_s->ap_iface)
ap = 1;
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
dbus: add 'scanning' property When the supplicant is connected and performs a scan, it doesn't enter WPA_SCANNING state for various reasons. However, external programs still need to know that the supplicant is scanning since they may not wish to perform certain operations during a scan (as those operations will likely fail or yield incorrect results). Add a 'scanning' property and signal to the supplicant dbus interface to allow clients to synchronize better with the supplicant when it scans. Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
2009-05-27 20:06:40 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_notify_scanning(wpa_s, 0);
P2P: Wait until ongoing scan completes before starting P2P find The P2P_FIND command was failing if it was issued at the moment when a scan operation was in progress. Avoid returning failure in this case by scheduling the P2P find to start once the ongoing scan is completed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-15 20:25:21 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
Use special scan result processing steps only on requesting interface Scan result events are shared between all virtual interfaces sharing the same radio. However, some of the steps are not really appropriate on virtual interfaces that did not issue the scan request. Fix this by making these steps conditional on the scan results being processed on the interface that requested them. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 16:07:09 +01:00
if (own_request && wpa_s->global->p2p_cb_on_scan_complete &&
P2P: Move p2p_cb_on_scan_complete to global context Since we have a global P2P module, the flag to trigger scan completion events to it needs to be in similar context. The previous design maintained this separately for each virtual interface and if P2P module did not run its scan operation on the virtual interface that completed the scan, P2P module would not be allowed to restart operations properly. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 02:58:22 +02:00
!wpa_s->global->p2p_disabled &&
P2P: Fix pending-sta-scan processing for concurrent operation cases If two P2P_FIND commands and a station mode SCAN command are issued in a sequence with the second P2P_FIND and SCAN commands started before the initial scan from the first P2P_FIND command has completed, sta_scan_pending may be left set without an automatic way of getting it cleared. This can get P2P search stuck if no further station mode scan operations are run. Fix this by clearing the sta_scan_pending flag whenever station mode scans are stopped due to no enabled networks resulting in INACTIVE mode getting entered. In addition, avoid setting sta_scan_pending flag when a special scan_res_handler is set so that this does not get enabled on the P2P Device interface during a P2P search operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-09-24 12:46:27 +02:00
wpa_s->global->p2p != NULL && !wpa_s->sta_scan_pending &&
!wpa_s->scan_res_handler) {
P2P: Move p2p_cb_on_scan_complete to global context Since we have a global P2P module, the flag to trigger scan completion events to it needs to be in similar context. The previous design maintained this separately for each virtual interface and if P2P module did not run its scan operation on the virtual interface that completed the scan, P2P module would not be allowed to restart operations properly. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 02:58:22 +02:00
wpa_s->global->p2p_cb_on_scan_complete = 0;
P2P: Wait until ongoing scan completes before starting P2P find The P2P_FIND command was failing if it was issued at the moment when a scan operation was in progress. Avoid returning failure in this case by scheduling the P2P find to start once the ongoing scan is completed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-15 20:25:21 +01:00
if (p2p_other_scan_completed(wpa_s->global->p2p) == 1) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "P2P: Pending P2P operation "
"stopped scan processing");
P2P: Schedule new scan if P2P operation delays scan This makes sure that the interrupted station mode scan can be completed after the P2P operations have had their chance of using the radio. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 03:05:55 +02:00
wpa_s->sta_scan_pending = 1;
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(wpa_s, 5, 0);
P2P: Wait until ongoing scan completes before starting P2P find The P2P_FIND command was failing if it was issued at the moment when a scan operation was in progress. Avoid returning failure in this case by scheduling the P2P find to start once the ongoing scan is completed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-15 20:25:21 +01:00
return -1;
}
}
P2P: Allow scan operations during p2p_find Previously, all station mode scan operations were either skipped or delayed while any P2P operation was in progress. To make concurrent operations easier to use, reduce this limitation by allowing a scan operation to be completed in the middle of a p2p_find. In addition, allow station mode association to be completed. When the station mode operation is run to its completion (scan results not acted on, connection to an AP completed, connection failed), resume the p2p_find operation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-23 18:42:53 +02:00
wpa_s->sta_scan_pending = 0;
P2P: Wait until ongoing scan completes before starting P2P find The P2P_FIND command was failing if it was issued at the moment when a scan operation was in progress. Avoid returning failure in this case by scheduling the P2P find to start once the ongoing scan is completed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-11-15 20:25:21 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
Do not store raw scan results Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 15:41:38 +01:00
scan_res = wpa_supplicant_get_scan_results(wpa_s,
data ? &data->scan_info :
NULL, 1);
if (scan_res == NULL) {
Add 'SCAN TYPE=ONLY' functionality Usual manual scan request may cause reassociation due to several reasons. New command is intended to perform pure scan without taking any automatic action based on the results. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2013-02-07 17:06:51 +01:00
if (wpa_s->conf->ap_scan == 2 || ap ||
wpa_s->scan_res_handler == scan_only_handler)
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
return -1;
Use special scan result processing steps only on requesting interface Scan result events are shared between all virtual interfaces sharing the same radio. However, some of the steps are not really appropriate on virtual interfaces that did not issue the scan request. Fix this by making these steps conditional on the scan results being processed on the interface that requested them. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 16:07:09 +01:00
if (!own_request)
return -1;
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Failed to get scan results - try "
"scanning again");
Allow sub-second resolution for scan requests This is in preparation to use cases that may benefit from more frequent scanning.
2010-04-11 18:10:01 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_req_new_scan(wpa_s, 1, 0);
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
return -1;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Maintain internal entropy pool for augmenting random number generation By default, make hostapd and wpa_supplicant maintain an internal entropy pool that is fed with following information: hostapd: - Probe Request frames (timing, RSSI) - Association events (timing) - SNonce from Supplicants wpa_supplicant: - Scan results (timing, signal/noise) - Association events (timing) The internal pool is used to augment the random numbers generated with the OS mechanism (os_get_random()). While the internal implementation is not expected to be very strong due to limited amount of generic (non-platform specific) information to feed the pool, this may strengthen key derivation on some devices that are not configured to provide strong random numbers through os_get_random() (e.g., /dev/urandom on Linux/BSD). This new mechanism is not supposed to replace proper OS provided random number generation mechanism. The OS mechanism needs to be initialized properly (e.g., hw random number generator, maintaining entropy pool over reboots, etc.) for any of the security assumptions to hold. If the os_get_random() is known to provide strong ramdom data (e.g., on Linux/BSD, the board in question is known to have reliable source of random data from /dev/urandom), the internal hostapd random pool can be disabled. This will save some in binary size and CPU use. However, this should only be considered for builds that are known to be used on devices that meet the requirements described above. The internal pool is disabled by adding CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL=y to the .config file.
2010-11-24 00:29:40 +01:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL
num = scan_res->num;
if (num > 10)
num = 10;
for (i = 0; i < num; i++) {
u8 buf[5];
struct wpa_scan_res *res = scan_res->res[i];
buf[0] = res->bssid[5];
buf[1] = res->qual & 0xff;
buf[2] = res->noise & 0xff;
buf[3] = res->level & 0xff;
buf[4] = res->tsf & 0xff;
random_add_randomness(buf, sizeof(buf));
}
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL */
Use special scan result processing steps only on requesting interface Scan result events are shared between all virtual interfaces sharing the same radio. However, some of the steps are not really appropriate on virtual interfaces that did not issue the scan request. Fix this by making these steps conditional on the scan results being processed on the interface that requested them. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 16:07:09 +01:00
if (own_request && wpa_s->scan_res_handler) {
Allow setting scan_res_handler from the callback function Some new code I'm working on will need the scan_res_handler assigned all the time in certain circumstances, so the easiest way is to reset it within the handler. This is currently prevented by the way the code in the event handler works -- change that to permit such usage. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-17 14:31:05 +01:00
void (*scan_res_handler)(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct wpa_scan_results *scan_res);
scan_res_handler = wpa_s->scan_res_handler;
Add option for overriding scan result handler for a single scan
2010-04-11 18:53:31 +02:00
wpa_s->scan_res_handler = NULL;
Allow setting scan_res_handler from the callback function Some new code I'm working on will need the scan_res_handler assigned all the time in certain circumstances, so the easiest way is to reset it within the handler. This is currently prevented by the way the code in the event handler works -- change that to permit such usage. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-17 14:31:05 +01:00
scan_res_handler(wpa_s, scan_res);
Add option for overriding scan result handler for a single scan
2010-04-11 18:53:31 +02:00
wpa_scan_results_free(scan_res);
Do not share special scan results with virtual interfaces When a special scan_res_handler is used the scan parameters may not have been suitable for other purposes (e.g., during a p2p_find operation). As such, do not indicate such scan results to other virtual interfaces using the same radio. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-06-30 19:30:40 +02:00
return -2;
Add option for overriding scan result handler for a single scan
2010-04-11 18:53:31 +02:00
}
Ignore scan results in wpa_supplicant AP mode This is needed to avoid trying to reassociate based on new scan results when using wpa_supplicant to control AP mode. This could happen if something external triggered the driver to run a scan.
2010-07-18 05:32:25 +02:00
if (ap) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Ignore scan results in AP mode");
wpa_s AP mode: propagate scan event When wpa_s scans in AP mode, it doesn't propagate the scan event to the AP code, so that code can get stuck if it uses the callbacks there. Simply call them where appropriate. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-03-19 12:08:08 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
if (wpa_s->ap_iface->scan_cb)
wpa_s->ap_iface->scan_cb(wpa_s->ap_iface);
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
Ignore scan results in wpa_supplicant AP mode This is needed to avoid trying to reassociate based on new scan results when using wpa_supplicant to control AP mode. This could happen if something external triggered the driver to run a scan.
2010-07-18 05:32:25 +02:00
wpa_scan_results_free(scan_res);
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
return 0;
Ignore scan results in wpa_supplicant AP mode This is needed to avoid trying to reassociate based on new scan results when using wpa_supplicant to control AP mode. This could happen if something external triggered the driver to run a scan.
2010-07-18 05:32:25 +02:00
}
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "New scan results available");
Remove get-first-scan-results-before-request optimization This has already been disabled in most use cases and can result in problems with some drivers, so better just remove it completely.
2010-07-07 05:31:10 +02:00
wpa_msg_ctrl(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, WPA_EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS);
wpas_notify_scan_results(wpa_s);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Add wpa_supplicant notification calls This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event notifications.
2009-09-13 19:53:32 +02:00
wpas_notify_scan_done(wpa_s, 1);
Add handling of OBSS scan requests and 20/40 BSS coex reports Add support for HT STA to report 40 MHz intolerance to the associated AP. A HT station generates a report (20/40 BSS coexistence) of channel list if it finds a non-HT capable AP or a HT AP which prohibits 40 MHz transmission (i.e., 40 MHz intolerant bit is set in HT capabilities IE) from the scan results. Parse the OBSS scan parameter from Beacon or Probe Response frames and schedule periodic scan to generate 20/40 coexistence channel report if requested to do so. This patch decodes Scan Interval alone from the OBSS Scan Parameters element and triggers scan on timeout. Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com> Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-03 11:13:43 +02:00
if (sme_proc_obss_scan(wpa_s) > 0) {
wpa_scan_results_free(scan_res);
return 0;
}
Do not store raw scan results Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 15:41:38 +01:00
if ((wpa_s->conf->ap_scan == 2 && !wpas_wps_searching(wpa_s))) {
wpa_scan_results_free(scan_res);
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
return 0;
Do not store raw scan results Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 15:41:38 +01:00
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Add automatic scanning support Like bgscan, autoscan is an optional module based feature to automate scanning but while disconnected or inactive. Instead of requesting directly a scan, it only sets the scan_interval and the sched_scan_interval. So, if the driver supports sched_scan, autoscan will be able to tweak its interval. Otherwise, the tweaked scan_interval will be used. If scan parameters needs to be tweaked, an autoscan_params pointer in wpa_s will provide those. So req_scan / req_sched_scan will not set the scan parameters as they usually do, but instead will use this pointer. Modules will not have to request a scan directly, like bgscan does. Instead, it will need to return the interval it wants after each notification. Signed-hostap: Tomasz Bursztyka <tomasz.bursztyka@linux.intel.com>
2012-06-26 17:55:41 +02:00
if (autoscan_notify_scan(wpa_s, scan_res)) {
wpa_scan_results_free(scan_res);
return 0;
}
Getting back to DISCONNECTED afer SCANNING After transitioning from DISCONNECTED to SCANNING, we never go back to DISCONNECTED even though scanning is done or failed. We're thus stuck in SCANNING while scanning is actually done.
2009-09-14 16:25:03 +02:00
if (wpa_s->disconnected) {
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_DISCONNECTED);
Do not store raw scan results Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 15:41:38 +01:00
wpa_scan_results_free(scan_res);
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
return 0;
Getting back to DISCONNECTED afer SCANNING After transitioning from DISCONNECTED to SCANNING, we never go back to DISCONNECTED even though scanning is done or failed. We're thus stuck in SCANNING while scanning is actually done.
2009-09-14 16:25:03 +02:00
}
Support driver-based BSS selection in ap_scan=1 mode If the driver indicates that it supports BSS selection (including roaming within an ESS) with WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION, modify ap_scan=1 mode to behave like ap_scan=2 mode for BSS selection. The initial scan is still done to avoid the need for strict configuration of or security parameters (e.g., to figure out whether TKIP or CCMP is being used as the group cipher). However, when requesting the driver to connect, the bssid and freq parameters are not provided to leave the driver in control of selecting which BSS to use and to allow the driver to decide when to roam.
2011-09-26 13:57:23 +02:00
if (!wpas_driver_bss_selection(wpa_s) &&
bgscan_notify_scan(wpa_s, scan_res) == 1) {
Do not store raw scan results Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 15:41:38 +01:00
wpa_scan_results_free(scan_res);
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
return 0;
Do not store raw scan results Use scan results to update the BSS table and to select the BSS for connection, but do not store the results for longer time.
2010-01-02 15:41:38 +01:00
}
WPS: Maintain more AP state during WPS PIN iteration Maintain state of WPS APs during iteration to find the correct AP for WPS PIN operation when no specific BSSID is specified. This information can be used for optimizing the order in which the APs are tried. This commit is only adding the collection of the information and more detailed debug information to make debug logs more helpful in figuring out how the AP selection order could be improved. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-27 12:48:11 +02:00
wpas_wps_update_ap_info(wpa_s, scan_res);
Use BSS table instead of scan results in need-to-roam determination The same information is available in the BSS table, so we can reduce the need for using the raw scan results in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 16:39:35 +02:00
wpa_scan_results_free(scan_res);
RSN: Update preauth scan results only based on new scan results The fast-connect optimization to skip a new scan did not update how the RSN preauthentication callback is used. There is no point in trying to add preauthentication candidates from cases where scan was skipped, so skip this call, too, in such cases. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 17:24:00 +02:00
return wpas_select_network_from_last_scan(wpa_s, 1);
Interworking: Skip extra scan after network auto-select If the scan results from before ANQP fetch are fresh (less than five seconds old), do not run a new scan when selecting the BSS after having used Interworking network selection. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 19:18:48 +02:00
}
RSN: Update preauth scan results only based on new scan results The fast-connect optimization to skip a new scan did not update how the RSN preauthentication callback is used. There is no point in trying to add preauthentication candidates from cases where scan was skipped, so skip this call, too, in such cases. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 17:24:00 +02:00
static int wpas_select_network_from_last_scan(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
int new_scan)
Interworking: Skip extra scan after network auto-select If the scan results from before ANQP fetch are fresh (less than five seconds old), do not run a new scan when selecting the BSS after having used Interworking network selection. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 19:18:48 +02:00
{
struct wpa_bss *selected;
struct wpa_ssid *ssid = NULL;
Use BSS entries instead of scan results for BSS selection This allows the BSS selection functions to be called without having the scan result data structure. This can be used to skip extra scans in cases where previous results can be considered fresh. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 18:56:57 +02:00
selected = wpa_supplicant_pick_network(wpa_s, &ssid);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (selected) {
Try to avoid some unnecessary roaming When multiple APs are present in scan results with similar signal strength, wpa_supplicant may end up bounching between them frequently whenever new scan results are available (e.g., due to periodic scans requested by NetworkManager). This can result in unnecessary roaming and in case of the current cfg80211 version, to frequent network disconnections. Do not request a roam if the current BSS is still present in the scan results and the selected BSS is in the same ESS and has only a slighly stronger signal strength.
2010-01-25 03:19:50 +01:00
int skip;
Use BSS table instead of scan results in need-to-roam determination The same information is available in the BSS table, so we can reduce the need for using the raw scan results in wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-02 16:39:35 +02:00
skip = !wpa_supplicant_need_to_roam(wpa_s, selected, ssid);
Process RSN pre-authentication candidates when skipping roam wpa_supplicant_rsn_preauth_scan_results() needs to be called to update RSN pre-authentication candidates. This cannot be done before the wpa_supplicant_connect() call on the first association, but when trying to figure out whether to roam, it is fine to do so for the case when roaming is skipped. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-30 21:37:12 +01:00
if (skip) {
RSN: Update preauth scan results only based on new scan results The fast-connect optimization to skip a new scan did not update how the RSN preauthentication callback is used. There is no point in trying to add preauthentication candidates from cases where scan was skipped, so skip this call, too, in such cases. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 17:24:00 +02:00
if (new_scan)
wpa_supplicant_rsn_preauth_scan_results(wpa_s);
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
return 0;
Process RSN pre-authentication candidates when skipping roam wpa_supplicant_rsn_preauth_scan_results() needs to be called to update RSN pre-authentication candidates. This cannot be done before the wpa_supplicant_connect() call on the first association, but when trying to figure out whether to roam, it is fine to do so for the case when roaming is skipped. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-30 21:37:12 +01:00
}
P2P: Fix wpa_supplicant crash on P2P WPS PBC overlap case Once PBC overlap detected when using dynamic group interfaces, the wpa_s corresponding to P2P group interface is freed. This patch avoids accessing the wpa_s data structure after it is freed. This fixes a possible crash in P2P client role in such a case.
2011-10-24 22:37:39 +02:00
if (wpa_supplicant_connect(wpa_s, selected, ssid) < 0) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Connect failed");
return -1;
}
RSN: Update preauth scan results only based on new scan results The fast-connect optimization to skip a new scan did not update how the RSN preauthentication callback is used. There is no point in trying to add preauthentication candidates from cases where scan was skipped, so skip this call, too, in such cases. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 17:24:00 +02:00
if (new_scan)
wpa_supplicant_rsn_preauth_scan_results(wpa_s);
Do not inform other virtual interfaces of scan results in all cases If a connection operation is started on an interface based on scan results, other virtual interfaces should not be information about the results to avoid potential concurrent operations during the association steps. Since the sibling notification of scan results received was added as an optimization, skipping it for this type of cases is the simplest way of avoiding unnecessary concurrent operations. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 03:07:02 +02:00
/*
* Do not notify other virtual radios of scan results since we do not
* want them to start other associations at the same time.
*/
return 1;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
} else {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "No suitable network found");
Allow IBSS/AP mode networks to be created in ap_scan=1 mode If no BSSes/IBSSes matching the enabled networks are found in the scan results, IBSS/AP mode network (if configured) can be created in ap_scan=1 mode instead of requiring ap_scan=2 mode to be used whenever using IBSS or AP mode.
2009-09-29 16:11:36 +02:00
ssid = wpa_supplicant_pick_new_network(wpa_s);
if (ssid) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Setup a new network");
Allow IBSS/AP mode networks to be created in ap_scan=1 mode If no BSSes/IBSSes matching the enabled networks are found in the scan results, IBSS/AP mode network (if configured) can be created in ap_scan=1 mode instead of requiring ap_scan=2 mode to be used whenever using IBSS or AP mode.
2009-09-29 16:11:36 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_associate(wpa_s, NULL, ssid);
RSN: Update preauth scan results only based on new scan results The fast-connect optimization to skip a new scan did not update how the RSN preauthentication callback is used. There is no point in trying to add preauthentication candidates from cases where scan was skipped, so skip this call, too, in such cases. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 17:24:00 +02:00
if (new_scan)
wpa_supplicant_rsn_preauth_scan_results(wpa_s);
Allow sub-second resolution for scan requests This is in preparation to use cases that may benefit from more frequent scanning.
2010-04-11 18:10:01 +02:00
} else {
Make scan interval configurable It is now possible to configure the the time in seconds that wpa_supplicant waits before requesting a new scan after failing to find a suitable network in scan results. Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2011-04-11 22:14:38 +02:00
int timeout_sec = wpa_s->scan_interval;
Allow sub-second resolution for scan requests This is in preparation to use cases that may benefit from more frequent scanning.
2010-04-11 18:10:01 +02:00
int timeout_usec = 0;
P2P: Optimize scan timeouts for group formation
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
P2P: Allow older scan results to improve p2p_connect-auto robustness Previusly the peer was assumed to not be operating a GO if the BSS entry for it was not updated in the single scan run started by p2p_connect-auto. This is not very robust since a scan may miss the peer if either a Probe Request or Probe Response frame is lost. Improve robustness by assuming the peer is still operating the GO and starting the join operation. If the GO is not found during PD-for-join or the single-channel scans during the join, fall back to GO Negotiation. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-05-08 16:13:56 +02:00
if (wpas_p2p_scan_no_go_seen(wpa_s) == 1)
return 0;
P2P: Optimize scan timeouts for group formation
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->p2p_in_provisioning) {
/*
* Use shorter wait during P2P Provisioning
* state to speed up group formation.
*/
timeout_sec = 0;
timeout_usec = 250000;
Use sched_scan in driver init This patch uses sched_scan, if available, when the driver is initialized. It also adds a couple of cancel operations where appropriate. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-09-27 21:21:31 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_req_new_scan(wpa_s, timeout_sec,
timeout_usec);
return 0;
P2P: Optimize scan timeouts for group formation
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
Interworking: Add optional use of network selection on normal scans auto_interworking=1 configuration parameter can be used to request wpa_supplicant to use Interworking network selection automatically as a part of the normal (non-Interworking) network selection if the scan results do not match with enabled networks. This makes scanning work similarly to the "interworking_select auto" command. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-28 15:14:13 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_INTERWORKING
if (wpa_s->conf->auto_interworking &&
wpa_s->conf->interworking &&
wpa_s->conf->cred) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Interworking: "
"start ANQP fetch since no matching "
"networks found");
wpa_s->network_select = 1;
wpa_s->auto_network_select = 1;
interworking_start_fetch_anqp(wpa_s);
Do not inform other virtual interfaces of scan results in all cases If a connection operation is started on an interface based on scan results, other virtual interfaces should not be information about the results to avoid potential concurrent operations during the association steps. Since the sibling notification of scan results received was added as an optimization, skipping it for this type of cases is the simplest way of avoiding unnecessary concurrent operations. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 03:07:02 +02:00
return 1;
Interworking: Add optional use of network selection on normal scans auto_interworking=1 configuration parameter can be used to request wpa_supplicant to use Interworking network selection automatically as a part of the normal (non-Interworking) network selection if the scan results do not match with enabled networks. This makes scanning work similarly to the "interworking_select auto" command. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-28 15:14:13 +02:00
}
#endif /* CONFIG_INTERWORKING */
Use sched_scan in driver init This patch uses sched_scan, if available, when the driver is initialized. It also adds a couple of cancel operations where appropriate. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-09-27 21:21:31 +02:00
if (wpa_supplicant_req_sched_scan(wpa_s))
wpa_supplicant_req_new_scan(wpa_s, timeout_sec,
timeout_usec);
Allow sub-second resolution for scan requests This is in preparation to use cases that may benefit from more frequent scanning.
2010-04-11 18:10:01 +02:00
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
return 0;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Enable sharing of scan result events among virtual interfaces When controlling multiple virtual interfaces on the same physical radio, share the scan results events with sibling interfaces. This decreases the time it takes to connect many virtual interfaces. This is currently only supported on Linux with cfg80211-based drivers when using nl80211 or wext driver interface. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2010-11-26 20:46:30 +01:00
static void wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
const char *rn, *rn2;
struct wpa_supplicant *ifs;
Use special scan result processing steps only on requesting interface Scan result events are shared between all virtual interfaces sharing the same radio. However, some of the steps are not really appropriate on virtual interfaces that did not issue the scan request. Fix this by making these steps conditional on the scan results being processed on the interface that requested them. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 16:07:09 +01:00
if (_wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results(wpa_s, data, 1) != 0) {
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
/*
* If no scan results could be fetched, then no need to
* notify those interfaces that did not actually request
Do not inform other virtual interfaces of scan results in all cases If a connection operation is started on an interface based on scan results, other virtual interfaces should not be information about the results to avoid potential concurrent operations during the association steps. Since the sibling notification of scan results received was added as an optimization, skipping it for this type of cases is the simplest way of avoiding unnecessary concurrent operations. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-14 03:07:02 +02:00
* this scan. Similarly, if scan results started a new operation on this
* interface, do not notify other interfaces to avoid concurrent
* operations during a connection attempt.
Do not propagate bad scan results to siblings sharing the radio This decreases useless work and re-scans by siblings when a device gets a scan failure. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-16 17:55:37 +01:00
*/
return;
}
Enable sharing of scan result events among virtual interfaces When controlling multiple virtual interfaces on the same physical radio, share the scan results events with sibling interfaces. This decreases the time it takes to connect many virtual interfaces. This is currently only supported on Linux with cfg80211-based drivers when using nl80211 or wext driver interface. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2010-11-26 20:46:30 +01:00
/*
* Check other interfaces to see if they have the same radio-name. If
* so, they get updated with this same scan info.
*/
if (!wpa_s->driver->get_radio_name)
return;
rn = wpa_s->driver->get_radio_name(wpa_s->drv_priv);
if (rn == NULL || rn[0] == '\0')
return;
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Checking for other virtual interfaces "
"sharing same radio (%s) in event_scan_results", rn);
Enable sharing of scan result events among virtual interfaces When controlling multiple virtual interfaces on the same physical radio, share the scan results events with sibling interfaces. This decreases the time it takes to connect many virtual interfaces. This is currently only supported on Linux with cfg80211-based drivers when using nl80211 or wext driver interface. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2010-11-26 20:46:30 +01:00
for (ifs = wpa_s->global->ifaces; ifs; ifs = ifs->next) {
if (ifs == wpa_s || !ifs->driver->get_radio_name)
continue;
rn2 = ifs->driver->get_radio_name(ifs->drv_priv);
if (rn2 && os_strcmp(rn, rn2) == 0) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "%s: Updating scan results from "
"sibling", ifs->ifname);
Use special scan result processing steps only on requesting interface Scan result events are shared between all virtual interfaces sharing the same radio. However, some of the steps are not really appropriate on virtual interfaces that did not issue the scan request. Fix this by making these steps conditional on the scan results being processed on the interface that requested them. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 16:07:09 +01:00
_wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results(ifs, data, 0);
Enable sharing of scan result events among virtual interfaces When controlling multiple virtual interfaces on the same physical radio, share the scan results events with sibling interfaces. This decreases the time it takes to connect many virtual interfaces. This is currently only supported on Linux with cfg80211-based drivers when using nl80211 or wext driver interface. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2010-11-26 20:46:30 +01:00
}
}
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING */
wpa_supplicant: Implement fast-associate on SelectNetwork If scan results are available when we perform a SelectNetwork, use them to make an associate decision. This can save an entire scan interval-worth of time in situations where something external to wpa_supplicant (like a connection manager) has just previously requested a scan before calling SelectNetwork. Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2013-02-03 20:08:31 +01:00
int wpa_supplicant_fast_associate(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING
return -1;
#else /* CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING */
struct os_time now;
if (wpa_s->last_scan_res_used <= 0)
return -1;
os_get_time(&now);
if (now.sec - wpa_s->last_scan.sec > 5) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "Fast associate: Old scan results");
return -1;
}
RSN: Update preauth scan results only based on new scan results The fast-connect optimization to skip a new scan did not update how the RSN preauthentication callback is used. There is no point in trying to add preauthentication candidates from cases where scan was skipped, so skip this call, too, in such cases. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2013-04-23 17:24:00 +02:00
return wpas_select_network_from_last_scan(wpa_s, 0);
wpa_supplicant: Implement fast-associate on SelectNetwork If scan results are available when we perform a SelectNetwork, use them to make an associate decision. This can save an entire scan interval-worth of time in situations where something external to wpa_supplicant (like a connection manager) has just previously requested a scan before calling SelectNetwork. Signed-hostap: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
2013-02-03 20:08:31 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING */
}
WNM: Add advertisement of BSS max idle period If WNM is enabled for the build (CONFIG_WNM=y), add BSS max idle period information to the (Re)Association Response frame from the AP and parse this information on the station. For SME-in-wpa_supplicant case, add a timer to handle periodic transmission of the keep-alive frame. The actual request for the driver to transmit a frame is not yet implemented. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-28 02:35:00 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WNM
static void wnm_bss_keep_alive(void *eloop_ctx, void *sock_ctx)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = eloop_ctx;
if (wpa_s->wpa_state < WPA_ASSOCIATED)
return;
WNM: Add option to disable keep-alive frames for testing purposes "wpa_cli set no_keep_alive 1/0" can now be used to disable/enable keep alive frames to enable testing. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-18 15:57:52 +01:00
if (!wpa_s->no_keep_alive) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "WNM: Send keep-alive to AP " MACSTR,
MAC2STR(wpa_s->bssid));
/* TODO: could skip this if normal data traffic has been sent */
/* TODO: Consider using some more appropriate data frame for
* this */
if (wpa_s->l2)
l2_packet_send(wpa_s->l2, wpa_s->bssid, 0x0800,
(u8 *) "", 0);
}
WNM: Add advertisement of BSS max idle period If WNM is enabled for the build (CONFIG_WNM=y), add BSS max idle period information to the (Re)Association Response frame from the AP and parse this information on the station. For SME-in-wpa_supplicant case, add a timer to handle periodic transmission of the keep-alive frame. The actual request for the driver to transmit a frame is not yet implemented. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-28 02:35:00 +02:00
WNM: Fix build without CONFIG_SME=y Commit b6668734ab8ac235f129d1cd0aff4c4e1c922b41 missed #ifdef CONFIG_SME protection around wpa_s->sme access. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-28 03:17:41 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_SME
WNM: Add advertisement of BSS max idle period If WNM is enabled for the build (CONFIG_WNM=y), add BSS max idle period information to the (Re)Association Response frame from the AP and parse this information on the station. For SME-in-wpa_supplicant case, add a timer to handle periodic transmission of the keep-alive frame. The actual request for the driver to transmit a frame is not yet implemented. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-28 02:35:00 +02:00
if (wpa_s->sme.bss_max_idle_period) {
unsigned int msec;
msec = wpa_s->sme.bss_max_idle_period * 1024; /* times 1000 */
if (msec > 100)
msec -= 100;
eloop_register_timeout(msec / 1000, msec % 1000 * 1000,
wnm_bss_keep_alive, wpa_s, NULL);
}
WNM: Fix build without CONFIG_SME=y Commit b6668734ab8ac235f129d1cd0aff4c4e1c922b41 missed #ifdef CONFIG_SME protection around wpa_s->sme access. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-28 03:17:41 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_SME */
WNM: Add advertisement of BSS max idle period If WNM is enabled for the build (CONFIG_WNM=y), add BSS max idle period information to the (Re)Association Response frame from the AP and parse this information on the station. For SME-in-wpa_supplicant case, add a timer to handle periodic transmission of the keep-alive frame. The actual request for the driver to transmit a frame is not yet implemented. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-28 02:35:00 +02:00
}
static void wnm_process_assoc_resp(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
const u8 *ies, size_t ies_len)
{
struct ieee802_11_elems elems;
if (ies == NULL)
return;
if (ieee802_11_parse_elems(ies, ies_len, &elems, 1) == ParseFailed)
return;
#ifdef CONFIG_SME
if (elems.bss_max_idle_period) {
unsigned int msec;
wpa_s->sme.bss_max_idle_period =
WPA_GET_LE16(elems.bss_max_idle_period);
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "WNM: BSS Max Idle Period: %u (* 1000 "
"TU)%s", wpa_s->sme.bss_max_idle_period,
(elems.bss_max_idle_period[2] & 0x01) ?
" (protected keep-live required)" : "");
if (wpa_s->sme.bss_max_idle_period == 0)
wpa_s->sme.bss_max_idle_period = 1;
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME) {
eloop_cancel_timeout(wnm_bss_keep_alive, wpa_s, NULL);
/* msec times 1000 */
msec = wpa_s->sme.bss_max_idle_period * 1024;
if (msec > 100)
msec -= 100;
eloop_register_timeout(msec / 1000, msec % 1000 * 1000,
wnm_bss_keep_alive, wpa_s,
NULL);
}
}
#endif /* CONFIG_SME */
}
#endif /* CONFIG_WNM */
void wnm_bss_keep_alive_deinit(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_WNM
eloop_cancel_timeout(wnm_bss_keep_alive, wpa_s, NULL);
#endif /* CONFIG_WNM */
}
FT: Deauthenticate in case of Reassoc Response validation error If validation of the Reassociation Response frame fails during FT Protocol, do not allow association to be completed; instead, force deauthentication.
2010-04-09 15:59:27 +02:00
static int wpa_supplicant_event_associnfo(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
{
int l, len, found = 0, wpa_found, rsn_found;
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
const u8 *p;
Fix compiler warning when CONFIG_IEEE80211R is not included Commit 6a1ce39599c857e6e612d8dd81e892ec5ca36c7c moved the bssid variable declaration to be outside CONFIG_IEEE80211R block and triggered a compiler warning about unused variable. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-13 11:38:26 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211R
FT: Add support for IEEE 802.11r with driver-based SME Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN driver. Add NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT event from the WLAN driver. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
2013-03-12 19:08:53 +01:00
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
Fix compiler warning when CONFIG_IEEE80211R is not included Commit 6a1ce39599c857e6e612d8dd81e892ec5ca36c7c moved the bssid variable declaration to be outside CONFIG_IEEE80211R block and triggered a compiler warning about unused variable. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-13 11:38:26 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211R */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Association info event");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (data->assoc_info.req_ies)
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "req_ies", data->assoc_info.req_ies,
data->assoc_info.req_ies_len);
TDLS: Do not allow setup to be started if AP prohibits TDLS
2011-01-28 18:27:28 +01:00
if (data->assoc_info.resp_ies) {
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "resp_ies", data->assoc_info.resp_ies,
data->assoc_info.resp_ies_len);
TDLS: Do not allow setup to be started if AP prohibits TDLS
2011-01-28 18:27:28 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_TDLS
wpa_tdls_assoc_resp_ies(wpa_s->wpa, data->assoc_info.resp_ies,
data->assoc_info.resp_ies_len);
#endif /* CONFIG_TDLS */
WNM: Add advertisement of BSS max idle period If WNM is enabled for the build (CONFIG_WNM=y), add BSS max idle period information to the (Re)Association Response frame from the AP and parse this information on the station. For SME-in-wpa_supplicant case, add a timer to handle periodic transmission of the keep-alive frame. The actual request for the driver to transmit a frame is not yet implemented. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-05-28 02:35:00 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WNM
wnm_process_assoc_resp(wpa_s, data->assoc_info.resp_ies,
data->assoc_info.resp_ies_len);
#endif /* CONFIG_WNM */
TDLS: Do not allow setup to be started if AP prohibits TDLS
2011-01-28 18:27:28 +01:00
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (data->assoc_info.beacon_ies)
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "beacon_ies",
data->assoc_info.beacon_ies,
data->assoc_info.beacon_ies_len);
Add an option for driver wrappers to report operational frequency
2009-12-28 12:23:13 +01:00
if (data->assoc_info.freq)
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "freq=%u MHz",
data->assoc_info.freq);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
p = data->assoc_info.req_ies;
l = data->assoc_info.req_ies_len;
/* Go through the IEs and make a copy of the WPA/RSN IE, if present. */
while (p && l >= 2) {
len = p[1] + 2;
if (len > l) {
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "Truncated IE in assoc_info",
p, l);
break;
}
if ((p[0] == WLAN_EID_VENDOR_SPECIFIC && p[1] >= 6 &&
(os_memcmp(&p[2], "\x00\x50\xF2\x01\x01\x00", 6) == 0)) ||
(p[0] == WLAN_EID_RSN && p[1] >= 2)) {
if (wpa_sm_set_assoc_wpa_ie(wpa_s->wpa, p, len))
break;
found = 1;
wpa_find_assoc_pmkid(wpa_s);
break;
}
l -= len;
p += len;
}
if (!found && data->assoc_info.req_ies)
wpa_sm_set_assoc_wpa_ie(wpa_s->wpa, NULL, 0);
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211R
FT: Process reassoc resp FT IEs when using wpa_supplicant SME
2010-03-13 20:13:18 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_SME
if (wpa_s->sme.auth_alg == WPA_AUTH_ALG_FT) {
if (wpa_drv_get_bssid(wpa_s, bssid) < 0 ||
wpa_ft_validate_reassoc_resp(wpa_s->wpa,
data->assoc_info.resp_ies,
data->assoc_info.resp_ies_len,
bssid) < 0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "FT: Validation of "
"Reassociation Response failed");
FT: Deauthenticate in case of Reassoc Response validation error If validation of the Reassociation Response frame fails during FT Protocol, do not allow association to be completed; instead, force deauthentication.
2010-04-09 15:59:27 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(
wpa_s, WLAN_REASON_INVALID_IE);
return -1;
FT: Process reassoc resp FT IEs when using wpa_supplicant SME
2010-03-13 20:13:18 +01:00
}
}
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
p = data->assoc_info.resp_ies;
l = data->assoc_info.resp_ies_len;
WPS 2.0: Validate WPS attributes in management frames and WSC messages If CONFIG_WPS_STRICT is set, validate WPS IE(s) in management frames and reject the frames if any of the mandatory attributes is missing or if an included attribute uses an invalid value. In addition, verify that all mandatory attributes are included and have valid values in the WSC messages.
2010-05-26 16:16:14 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WPS_STRICT
WPS: Use strict validation of (Re)AssocResp only if IEs are known
2011-04-14 01:55:38 +02:00
if (p && wpa_s->current_ssid &&
WPS 2.0: Validate WPS attributes in management frames and WSC messages If CONFIG_WPS_STRICT is set, validate WPS IE(s) in management frames and reject the frames if any of the mandatory attributes is missing or if an included attribute uses an invalid value. In addition, verify that all mandatory attributes are included and have valid values in the WSC messages.
2010-05-26 16:16:14 +02:00
wpa_s->current_ssid->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS) {
struct wpabuf *wps;
wps = ieee802_11_vendor_ie_concat(p, l, WPS_IE_VENDOR_TYPE);
if (wps == NULL) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, "WPS-STRICT: AP did not "
"include WPS IE in (Re)Association Response");
WPS 2.0: Validate WPS attributes in management frames and WSC messages If CONFIG_WPS_STRICT is set, validate WPS IE(s) in management frames and reject the frames if any of the mandatory attributes is missing or if an included attribute uses an invalid value. In addition, verify that all mandatory attributes are included and have valid values in the WSC messages.
2010-05-26 16:16:14 +02:00
return -1;
}
if (wps_validate_assoc_resp(wps) < 0) {
wpabuf_free(wps);
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(
wpa_s, WLAN_REASON_INVALID_IE);
return -1;
}
wpabuf_free(wps);
}
#endif /* CONFIG_WPS_STRICT */
FT: Clean up wpa_sm_set_ft_params() by using common parse Instead of parsing the IEs in the callers, use the already existing parser in wpa_ft.c to handle MDIE and FTIE from initial MD association response. In addition, this provides more complete access to association response IEs to FT code which will be needed to fix FT 4-way handshake message 2/4.
2010-04-10 10:36:35 +02:00
/* Go through the IEs and make a copy of the MDIE, if present. */
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
while (p && l >= 2) {
len = p[1] + 2;
if (len > l) {
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "Truncated IE in assoc_info",
p, l);
break;
}
FT: Clean up wpa_sm_set_ft_params() by using common parse Instead of parsing the IEs in the callers, use the already existing parser in wpa_ft.c to handle MDIE and FTIE from initial MD association response. In addition, this provides more complete access to association response IEs to FT code which will be needed to fix FT 4-way handshake message 2/4.
2010-04-10 10:36:35 +02:00
if (p[0] == WLAN_EID_MOBILITY_DOMAIN &&
p[1] >= MOBILITY_DOMAIN_ID_LEN) {
wpa_s->sme.ft_used = 1;
os_memcpy(wpa_s->sme.mobility_domain, p + 2,
MOBILITY_DOMAIN_ID_LEN);
break;
}
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
l -= len;
p += len;
}
FT: Clean up wpa_sm_set_ft_params() by using common parse Instead of parsing the IEs in the callers, use the already existing parser in wpa_ft.c to handle MDIE and FTIE from initial MD association response. In addition, this provides more complete access to association response IEs to FT code which will be needed to fix FT 4-way handshake message 2/4.
2010-04-10 10:36:35 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_SME */
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
FT: Add support for IEEE 802.11r with driver-based SME Add NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES to support update of FT IEs to the WLAN driver. Add NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT to send FT event from the WLAN driver. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE). Signed-off-by: Deepthi Gowri <deepthi@codeaurora.org>
2013-03-12 19:08:53 +01:00
/* Process FT when SME is in the driver */
if (!(wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME) &&
wpa_ft_is_completed(wpa_s->wpa)) {
if (wpa_drv_get_bssid(wpa_s, bssid) < 0 ||
wpa_ft_validate_reassoc_resp(wpa_s->wpa,
data->assoc_info.resp_ies,
data->assoc_info.resp_ies_len,
bssid) < 0) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "FT: Validation of "
"Reassociation Response failed");
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(
wpa_s, WLAN_REASON_INVALID_IE);
return -1;
}
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "FT: Reassociation Response done");
}
FT: Clean up wpa_sm_set_ft_params() by using common parse Instead of parsing the IEs in the callers, use the already existing parser in wpa_ft.c to handle MDIE and FTIE from initial MD association response. In addition, this provides more complete access to association response IEs to FT code which will be needed to fix FT 4-way handshake message 2/4.
2010-04-10 10:36:35 +02:00
wpa_sm_set_ft_params(wpa_s->wpa, data->assoc_info.resp_ies,
data->assoc_info.resp_ies_len);
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211R */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
/* WPA/RSN IE from Beacon/ProbeResp */
p = data->assoc_info.beacon_ies;
l = data->assoc_info.beacon_ies_len;
/* Go through the IEs and make a copy of the WPA/RSN IEs, if present.
*/
wpa_found = rsn_found = 0;
while (p && l >= 2) {
len = p[1] + 2;
if (len > l) {
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "Truncated IE in beacon_ies",
p, l);
break;
}
if (!wpa_found &&
p[0] == WLAN_EID_VENDOR_SPECIFIC && p[1] >= 6 &&
os_memcmp(&p[2], "\x00\x50\xF2\x01\x01\x00", 6) == 0) {
wpa_found = 1;
wpa_sm_set_ap_wpa_ie(wpa_s->wpa, p, len);
}
if (!rsn_found &&
p[0] == WLAN_EID_RSN && p[1] >= 2) {
rsn_found = 1;
wpa_sm_set_ap_rsn_ie(wpa_s->wpa, p, len);
}
l -= len;
p += len;
}
if (!wpa_found && data->assoc_info.beacon_ies)
wpa_sm_set_ap_wpa_ie(wpa_s->wpa, NULL, 0);
if (!rsn_found && data->assoc_info.beacon_ies)
wpa_sm_set_ap_rsn_ie(wpa_s->wpa, NULL, 0);
if (wpa_found || rsn_found)
wpa_s->ap_ies_from_associnfo = 1;
Add an option for driver wrappers to report operational frequency
2009-12-28 12:23:13 +01:00
Update BSS table entry if roaming event indicates frequency change This is needed to make sure the frequency in the BSS table entry remains up-to-date if the AP changes its operating frequency.
2011-05-16 18:19:30 +02:00
if (wpa_s->assoc_freq && data->assoc_info.freq &&
wpa_s->assoc_freq != data->assoc_info.freq) {
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "Operating frequency changed from "
"%u to %u MHz",
wpa_s->assoc_freq, data->assoc_info.freq);
wpa_supplicant_update_scan_results(wpa_s);
}
Add an option for driver wrappers to report operational frequency
2009-12-28 12:23:13 +01:00
wpa_s->assoc_freq = data->assoc_info.freq;
FT: Deauthenticate in case of Reassoc Response validation error If validation of the Reassociation Response frame fails during FT Protocol, do not allow association to be completed; instead, force deauthentication.
2010-04-09 15:59:27 +02:00
return 0;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Update WPA/RSN IE properly for driver based BSS selection This patch fixes an issue with roaming for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION (currently ath6kl). On moving to an AP with a different BSSID, an EVENT_ASSOC is received and the subsequent 4-way handshake may fail because of a mismatch between the RSN IE in message 3/4 and in Beacon/Probe Response. This happens only when the APs use different RSN IE contents and ap_scan is set to 1, since wpa_supplicant fails to update its cached IEs. Initial association may fail, too, in case of multiple APs with the same SSID, since BSSID selection is done by the driver and again a mismatch could be seen. Fix these two issues by clearing and updating the cached IEs on receiving an Association event from the driver. Also, retrieve the scan results when the new BSS information is not present locally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 16:34:39 +01:00
static struct wpa_bss * wpa_supplicant_get_new_bss(
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *bssid)
{
struct wpa_bss *bss = NULL;
struct wpa_ssid *ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
if (ssid->ssid_len > 0)
bss = wpa_bss_get(wpa_s, bssid, ssid->ssid, ssid->ssid_len);
if (!bss)
bss = wpa_bss_get_bssid(wpa_s, bssid);
return bss;
}
Fix CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y build This fixes a build regression from commit cd2f4ddfb91c330c778d7464a393c5f26f07d432 by moving wpa_supplicant_assoc_update_ie() outside the no-scan-processing ifdef block. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-02-11 09:51:31 +01:00
static int wpa_supplicant_assoc_update_ie(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s)
{
const u8 *bss_wpa = NULL, *bss_rsn = NULL;
if (!wpa_s->current_bss || !wpa_s->current_ssid)
return -1;
if (!wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_any(wpa_s->current_ssid->key_mgmt))
return 0;
bss_wpa = wpa_bss_get_vendor_ie(wpa_s->current_bss,
WPA_IE_VENDOR_TYPE);
bss_rsn = wpa_bss_get_ie(wpa_s->current_bss, WLAN_EID_RSN);
if (wpa_sm_set_ap_wpa_ie(wpa_s->wpa, bss_wpa,
bss_wpa ? 2 + bss_wpa[1] : 0) ||
wpa_sm_set_ap_rsn_ie(wpa_s->wpa, bss_rsn,
bss_rsn ? 2 + bss_rsn[1] : 0))
return -1;
return 0;
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
static void wpa_supplicant_event_assoc(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
int ft_completed;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
if (wpa_s->ap_iface) {
hostapd_notif_assoc(wpa_s->ap_iface->bss[0],
data->assoc_info.addr,
data->assoc_info.req_ies,
Indicate assoc vs. reassoc in association event This allows driver wrappers to indicate whether the association was done using Association Request/Response or with Reassociation Request/Response frames.
2010-10-25 12:50:34 +02:00
data->assoc_info.req_ies_len,
data->assoc_info.reassoc);
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
return;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
ft_completed = wpa_ft_is_completed(wpa_s->wpa);
FT: Deauthenticate in case of Reassoc Response validation error If validation of the Reassociation Response frame fails during FT Protocol, do not allow association to be completed; instead, force deauthentication.
2010-04-09 15:59:27 +02:00
if (data && wpa_supplicant_event_associnfo(wpa_s, data) < 0)
return;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Do not proceed with association if get_bssid() returns failure This is the normal flow for association: wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )-- device driver wpa_supplicant --( get_bssid() )--> device driver wpa_supplicant <--( return BSSID )-- device driver However, a device driver could return EINVAL for get_bssid() because it recognizes it has already been disconnected. When the wpa_supplicant received EINVAL, the bssid field could be used uninitialized in the following flow: wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )-- device driver device driver (receive deauth) wpa_supplicant --( get_bssid() )--> device driver wpa_supplicant <--( return EINVAL )-- device driver Prevent this by requiring the get_bssid() call to succeed when processing association events.
2012-08-11 16:46:58 +02:00
if (wpa_drv_get_bssid(wpa_s, bssid) < 0) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_ERROR, "Failed to get BSSID");
Use deauthentication instead of disassociation if not associated cfg80211/mac80211 may reject disassociation command if association has not yet been formed. Use deauthentication in cases where it is possible that we are associating at the moment the command is issued. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-05 15:55:30 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(
Do not proceed with association if get_bssid() returns failure This is the normal flow for association: wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )-- device driver wpa_supplicant --( get_bssid() )--> device driver wpa_supplicant <--( return BSSID )-- device driver However, a device driver could return EINVAL for get_bssid() because it recognizes it has already been disconnected. When the wpa_supplicant received EINVAL, the bssid field could be used uninitialized in the following flow: wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )-- device driver device driver (receive deauth) wpa_supplicant --( get_bssid() )--> device driver wpa_supplicant <--( return EINVAL )-- device driver Prevent this by requiring the get_bssid() call to succeed when processing association events.
2012-08-11 16:46:58 +02:00
wpa_s, WLAN_REASON_DEAUTH_LEAVING);
return;
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_ASSOCIATED);
Do not proceed with association if get_bssid() returns failure This is the normal flow for association: wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )-- device driver wpa_supplicant --( get_bssid() )--> device driver wpa_supplicant <--( return BSSID )-- device driver However, a device driver could return EINVAL for get_bssid() because it recognizes it has already been disconnected. When the wpa_supplicant received EINVAL, the bssid field could be used uninitialized in the following flow: wpa_supplicant <--(EVENT_ASSOC event )-- device driver device driver (receive deauth) wpa_supplicant --( get_bssid() )--> device driver wpa_supplicant <--( return EINVAL )-- device driver Prevent this by requiring the get_bssid() call to succeed when processing association events.
2012-08-11 16:46:58 +02:00
if (os_memcmp(bssid, wpa_s->bssid, ETH_ALEN) != 0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Associated to a new BSS: BSSID="
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
MACSTR, MAC2STR(bssid));
Maintain internal entropy pool for augmenting random number generation By default, make hostapd and wpa_supplicant maintain an internal entropy pool that is fed with following information: hostapd: - Probe Request frames (timing, RSSI) - Association events (timing) - SNonce from Supplicants wpa_supplicant: - Scan results (timing, signal/noise) - Association events (timing) The internal pool is used to augment the random numbers generated with the OS mechanism (os_get_random()). While the internal implementation is not expected to be very strong due to limited amount of generic (non-platform specific) information to feed the pool, this may strengthen key derivation on some devices that are not configured to provide strong random numbers through os_get_random() (e.g., /dev/urandom on Linux/BSD). This new mechanism is not supposed to replace proper OS provided random number generation mechanism. The OS mechanism needs to be initialized properly (e.g., hw random number generator, maintaining entropy pool over reboots, etc.) for any of the security assumptions to hold. If the os_get_random() is known to provide strong ramdom data (e.g., on Linux/BSD, the board in question is known to have reliable source of random data from /dev/urandom), the internal hostapd random pool can be disabled. This will save some in binary size and CPU use. However, this should only be considered for builds that are known to be used on devices that meet the requirements described above. The internal pool is disabled by adding CONFIG_NO_RANDOM_POOL=y to the .config file.
2010-11-24 00:29:40 +01:00
random_add_randomness(bssid, ETH_ALEN);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
os_memcpy(wpa_s->bssid, bssid, ETH_ALEN);
os_memset(wpa_s->pending_bssid, 0, ETH_ALEN);
Remove unnecessary bssid_changed check The os_memcmp of bssid and wpa_s->bssid cannot return 0 in this code path since identical os_memcmp was already done above. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-11 16:54:43 +02:00
wpas_notify_bssid_changed(wpa_s);
Add wpa_supplicant notification calls This introduces a new mechanism for collecting notification calls into a single place (notify.c). As a result of this, most of the wpa_supplicant code does not need to know about dbus (etc. mechanisms that could use the notifications). Some empty placeholder functions are also added in preparation of new dbus code that needs more event notifications.
2009-09-13 19:53:32 +02:00
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (wpa_supplicant_dynamic_keys(wpa_s) && !ft_completed) {
wpa_clear_keys(wpa_s, bssid);
}
if (wpa_supplicant_select_config(wpa_s) < 0) {
Use deauthentication instead of disassociation if not associated cfg80211/mac80211 may reject disassociation command if association has not yet been formed. Use deauthentication in cases where it is possible that we are associating at the moment the command is issued. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-11-05 15:55:30 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_s, WLAN_REASON_DEAUTH_LEAVING);
return;
}
Maintain a pointer to the current BSS table entry
2010-01-02 15:59:19 +01:00
if (wpa_s->current_ssid) {
struct wpa_bss *bss = NULL;
Update WPA/RSN IE properly for driver based BSS selection This patch fixes an issue with roaming for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION (currently ath6kl). On moving to an AP with a different BSSID, an EVENT_ASSOC is received and the subsequent 4-way handshake may fail because of a mismatch between the RSN IE in message 3/4 and in Beacon/Probe Response. This happens only when the APs use different RSN IE contents and ap_scan is set to 1, since wpa_supplicant fails to update its cached IEs. Initial association may fail, too, in case of multiple APs with the same SSID, since BSSID selection is done by the driver and again a mismatch could be seen. Fix these two issues by clearing and updating the cached IEs on receiving an Association event from the driver. Also, retrieve the scan results when the new BSS information is not present locally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 16:34:39 +01:00
bss = wpa_supplicant_get_new_bss(wpa_s, bssid);
if (!bss) {
wpa_supplicant_update_scan_results(wpa_s);
/* Get the BSS from the new scan results */
bss = wpa_supplicant_get_new_bss(wpa_s, bssid);
}
Maintain a pointer to the current BSS table entry
2010-01-02 15:59:19 +01:00
if (bss)
wpa_s->current_bss = bss;
}
Update WPA/RSN IE properly for driver based BSS selection This patch fixes an issue with roaming for drivers that set WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION (currently ath6kl). On moving to an AP with a different BSSID, an EVENT_ASSOC is received and the subsequent 4-way handshake may fail because of a mismatch between the RSN IE in message 3/4 and in Beacon/Probe Response. This happens only when the APs use different RSN IE contents and ap_scan is set to 1, since wpa_supplicant fails to update its cached IEs. Initial association may fail, too, in case of multiple APs with the same SSID, since BSSID selection is done by the driver and again a mismatch could be seen. Fix these two issues by clearing and updating the cached IEs on receiving an Association event from the driver. Also, retrieve the scan results when the new BSS information is not present locally. Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 16:34:39 +01:00
if (wpa_s->conf->ap_scan == 1 &&
wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION) {
if (wpa_supplicant_assoc_update_ie(wpa_s) < 0)
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_WARNING,
"WPA/RSN IEs not updated");
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
nl80211/SME: Use reassociation when roaming within the ESS
2009-11-17 18:25:05 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_SME
os_memcpy(wpa_s->sme.prev_bssid, bssid, ETH_ALEN);
wpa_s->sme.prev_bssid_set = 1;
#endif /* CONFIG_SME */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, "Associated with " MACSTR, MAC2STR(bssid));
if (wpa_s->current_ssid) {
/* When using scanning (ap_scan=1), SIM PC/SC interface can be
* initialized before association, but for other modes,
* initialize PC/SC here, if the current configuration needs
* smartcard or SIM/USIM. */
wpa_supplicant_scard_init(wpa_s, wpa_s->current_ssid);
}
wpa_sm_notify_assoc(wpa_s->wpa, bssid);
Verify that l2_packet is initialized before notification call It is possible that l2_packet is not used with wpa_supplicant in some cases, so better make sure we do not end up notifying l2_packet code about authentications unless it was actually initialized in the first place.
2010-07-18 05:26:47 +02:00
if (wpa_s->l2)
l2_packet_notify_auth_start(wpa_s->l2);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
/*
* Set portEnabled first to FALSE in order to get EAP state machine out
* of the SUCCESS state and eapSuccess cleared. Without this, EAPOL PAE
* state machine may transit to AUTHENTICATING state based on obsolete
* eapSuccess and then trigger BE_AUTH to SUCCESS and PAE to
* AUTHENTICATED without ever giving chance to EAP state machine to
* reset the state.
*/
if (!ft_completed) {
eapol_sm_notify_portEnabled(wpa_s->eapol, FALSE);
eapol_sm_notify_portValid(wpa_s->eapol, FALSE);
}
Added support for using SHA256-based stronger key derivation for WPA2 IEEE 802.11w/D6.0 defines new AKMPs to indicate SHA256-based algorithms for key derivation (and AES-CMAC for EAPOL-Key MIC). Add support for using new AKMPs and clean up AKMP processing with helper functions in defs.h.
2008-08-31 21:57:28 +02:00
if (wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_psk(wpa_s->key_mgmt) || ft_completed)
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
eapol_sm_notify_eap_success(wpa_s->eapol, FALSE);
/* 802.1X::portControl = Auto */
eapol_sm_notify_portEnabled(wpa_s->eapol, TRUE);
wpa_s->eapol_received = 0;
if (wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_NONE ||
IBSS RSN: Wait for connection event and do not use auth timeout Wait for connection (IBSS join completed) event before marking state completed. In addition, do not use the station mode authentication timeout since that can trigger full disconnection from IBSS when there is a timeout with just one of the peers.
2009-12-04 21:09:06 +01:00
wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE ||
(wpa_s->current_ssid &&
wpa_s->current_ssid->mode == IEEE80211_MODE_IBSS)) {
Try to set WPA-None key after IBSS-joined event cfg80211 rejects the set_key operations before the IBSS network has been fully formed, so add one more attempt to set the key for WPA-None at IBSS joined driver event. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-07 17:14:56 +02:00
if (wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE &&
(wpa_s->drv_flags &
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE)) {
/*
* Set the key after having received joined-IBSS event
* from the driver.
*/
wpa_supplicant_set_wpa_none_key(wpa_s,
wpa_s->current_ssid);
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_cancel_auth_timeout(wpa_s);
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_COMPLETED);
} else if (!ft_completed) {
/* Timeout for receiving the first EAPOL packet */
wpa_supplicant_req_auth_timeout(wpa_s, 10, 0);
}
wpa_supplicant_cancel_scan(wpa_s);
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
if ((wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE) &&
Added support for using SHA256-based stronger key derivation for WPA2 IEEE 802.11w/D6.0 defines new AKMPs to indicate SHA256-based algorithms for key derivation (and AES-CMAC for EAPOL-Key MIC). Add support for using new AKMPs and clean up AKMP processing with helper functions in defs.h.
2008-08-31 21:57:28 +02:00
wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_psk(wpa_s->key_mgmt)) {
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
/*
* We are done; the driver will take care of RSN 4-way
* handshake.
*/
wpa_supplicant_cancel_auth_timeout(wpa_s);
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_COMPLETED);
eapol_sm_notify_portValid(wpa_s->eapol, TRUE);
eapol_sm_notify_eap_success(wpa_s->eapol, TRUE);
Set portValid=TRUE on association for driver-based 4-way handshake This was previously done for WPA/WPA2-Personal as part of association processing when the driver is implementing 4-way handshake. The portValid needs to be done for WPA/WPA2-Enterprise to get the proper EAPOL authentication completed callback to configure PMK to the driver.
2011-01-31 23:04:02 +01:00
} else if ((wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_4WAY_HANDSHAKE) &&
wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_ieee8021x(wpa_s->key_mgmt)) {
/*
* The driver will take care of RSN 4-way handshake, so we need
* to allow EAPOL supplicant to complete its work without
* waiting for WPA supplicant.
*/
eapol_sm_notify_portValid(wpa_s->eapol, TRUE);
FT: Set EAPOL state machined to authenticated state with FT-EAP When FT protocol run is completed with FT-EAP, the EAPOL state machine needs to be notified of the completed authentication to make sure it does not try to start new authentication.
2011-02-20 20:57:53 +01:00
} else if (ft_completed) {
/*
* FT protocol completed - make sure EAPOL state machine ends
* up in authenticated.
*/
wpa_supplicant_cancel_auth_timeout(wpa_s);
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_COMPLETED);
eapol_sm_notify_portValid(wpa_s->eapol, TRUE);
eapol_sm_notify_eap_success(wpa_s->eapol, TRUE);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Delay processing of EAPOL frames when not associated If an EAPOL frame is received while wpa_supplicant thinks the driver is not associated, queue the frame for processing at the moment when the association event is received. This is a workaround to a race condition in receiving data frames and management events from the kernel. The pending EAPOL frame will not be processed unless an association event is received within 100 msec for the same BSSID.
2009-09-04 17:04:41 +02:00
Extend EAPOL frames processing workaround for roaming cases Commit 1ff733383f3d5c73233ef452a738765667021609 added a mechanism to work around issues due to association events and EAPOL RX events being getting reordered. However, this applied only for the case where wpa_supplicant is not in associated state. The same issue can happen in roaming case with drivers that perform BSS selection internally (or in firmware). Handle that case similarly by delaying received EAPOL frame processing if the source address of the EAPOL frame does not match the current BSSID. Since wired IEEE 802.1X do not have BSSID, make this additional workaround conditional on BSSID match having been observed during the previous association. This fixes issues where the initial EAPOL frame after reassociation was either dropped (e.g., due to replay counter not increasing) or replied to with incorrect destination address (the BSSID of the old AP). This can result in significantly more robust roaming behavior with drivers that do not use wpa_supplicant for BSS selection. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-21 20:35:35 +01:00
wpa_s->last_eapol_matches_bssid = 0;
Delay processing of EAPOL frames when not associated If an EAPOL frame is received while wpa_supplicant thinks the driver is not associated, queue the frame for processing at the moment when the association event is received. This is a workaround to a race condition in receiving data frames and management events from the kernel. The pending EAPOL frame will not be processed unless an association event is received within 100 msec for the same BSSID.
2009-09-04 17:04:41 +02:00
if (wpa_s->pending_eapol_rx) {
struct os_time now, age;
os_get_time(&now);
os_time_sub(&now, &wpa_s->pending_eapol_rx_time, &age);
if (age.sec == 0 && age.usec < 100000 &&
os_memcmp(wpa_s->pending_eapol_rx_src, bssid, ETH_ALEN) ==
0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Process pending EAPOL "
"frame that was received just before "
"association notification");
Delay processing of EAPOL frames when not associated If an EAPOL frame is received while wpa_supplicant thinks the driver is not associated, queue the frame for processing at the moment when the association event is received. This is a workaround to a race condition in receiving data frames and management events from the kernel. The pending EAPOL frame will not be processed unless an association event is received within 100 msec for the same BSSID.
2009-09-04 17:04:41 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_rx_eapol(
wpa_s, wpa_s->pending_eapol_rx_src,
wpabuf_head(wpa_s->pending_eapol_rx),
wpabuf_len(wpa_s->pending_eapol_rx));
}
wpabuf_free(wpa_s->pending_eapol_rx);
wpa_s->pending_eapol_rx = NULL;
}
Add preliminary background scan and roaming module design This allows background scanning and roaming decisions to be contained in a single place based on a defined set of notification events which will hopefully make it easier to experiment with roaming improvements. In addition, this allows multiple intra-ESS roaming policies to be used (each network configuration block can configure its own bgscan module). The beacon loss and signal strength notifications are implemented for the bgscan API, but the actual events are not yet available from the driver. The included sample bgscan module ("simple") is an example of what can be done with the new bgscan mechanism. It requests periodic background scans when the device remains associated with an ESS and has couple of notes on what a more advanced bgscan module could do to optimize background scanning and roaming. The periodic scans will cause the scan result handler to pick a better AP if one becomes available. This bgscan module can be taken into use by adding bgscan="simple" (or bgscan="simple:<bgscan interval in seconds>") into the network configuration block.
2009-09-14 23:08:24 +02:00
driver_nl80211: Fix MLME key settings for static WEP Current wpa_supplicant has a bug with WEP keys, it adds a zero-length sequence counter field to netlink which the kernel doesn't accept. Additionally, the kernel API slightly changed to accept keys only when connected, so we need to send it the keys after that. For that to work with shared key authentication, we also include the default WEP TX key in the authentication command. To upload the keys properly _after_ associating, add a new flag WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE indicating that the driver needs the keys at that point and not earlier.
2009-09-15 09:48:30 +02:00
if ((wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_NONE ||
wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_IEEE8021X_NO_WPA) &&
Use cached driver capabilities instead of new fetch for each operation There is no need to repeat the driver capability fetch for each operation since we already cache driver flags in wpa_s->drv_flags. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-07 16:36:40 +02:00
wpa_s->current_ssid &&
(wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE)) {
driver_nl80211: Fix MLME key settings for static WEP Current wpa_supplicant has a bug with WEP keys, it adds a zero-length sequence counter field to netlink which the kernel doesn't accept. Additionally, the kernel API slightly changed to accept keys only when connected, so we need to send it the keys after that. For that to work with shared key authentication, we also include the default WEP TX key in the authentication command. To upload the keys properly _after_ associating, add a new flag WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SET_KEYS_AFTER_ASSOC_DONE indicating that the driver needs the keys at that point and not earlier.
2009-09-15 09:48:30 +02:00
/* Set static WEP keys again */
wpa_set_wep_keys(wpa_s, wpa_s->current_ssid);
}
IBSS RSN: Delay setting of the initial TX GTK The driver may get confused if we set the initial TX GTK before having fully configured and connected to an IBSS, so better delay this operation until the connection (join/start IBSS) has been completed.
2011-01-15 13:07:02 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IBSS_RSN
if (wpa_s->current_ssid &&
wpa_s->current_ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_IBSS &&
wpa_s->key_mgmt != WPA_KEY_MGMT_NONE &&
RSN IBSS: Restart IBSS state machines for each new IBSS Change the old design of running a single long living RSN IBSS instance to keep a separate instance for each IBSS connection. This fixes number of issues in getting keys set properly for new connections and is in general quite a bit more correct design.
2011-03-23 20:15:46 +01:00
wpa_s->key_mgmt != WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE &&
wpa_s->ibss_rsn == NULL) {
wpa_s->ibss_rsn = ibss_rsn_init(wpa_s);
if (!wpa_s->ibss_rsn) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, "Failed to init IBSS RSN");
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(
wpa_s, WLAN_REASON_DEAUTH_LEAVING);
return;
}
ibss_rsn_set_psk(wpa_s->ibss_rsn, wpa_s->current_ssid->psk);
}
IBSS RSN: Delay setting of the initial TX GTK The driver may get confused if we set the initial TX GTK before having fully configured and connected to an IBSS, so better delay this operation until the connection (join/start IBSS) has been completed.
2011-01-15 13:07:02 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_IBSS_RSN */
WPS: Maintain more AP state during WPS PIN iteration Maintain state of WPS APs during iteration to find the correct AP for WPS PIN operation when no specific BSSID is specified. This information can be used for optimizing the order in which the APs are tried. This commit is only adding the collection of the information and more detailed debug information to make debug logs more helpful in figuring out how the AP selection order could be improved. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-27 12:48:11 +02:00
wpas_wps_notify_assoc(wpa_s, bssid);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
static int disconnect_reason_recoverable(u16 reason_code)
{
return reason_code == WLAN_REASON_DISASSOC_DUE_TO_INACTIVITY ||
reason_code == WLAN_REASON_CLASS2_FRAME_FROM_NONAUTH_STA ||
reason_code == WLAN_REASON_CLASS3_FRAME_FROM_NONASSOC_STA;
}
Add BSSID and reason code (if available) to disconnect event This adds more details into the CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event to make it easier to figure out which network was disconnected in some race conditions and to what could have been the reason for disconnection. The reason code is currently only available with the nl80211 driver wrapper.
2010-04-11 20:25:15 +02:00
static void wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code. Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate whether the event was generated locally. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 17:53:12 +01:00
u16 reason_code,
int locally_generated)
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
{
const u8 *bssid;
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
if (wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE) {
/*
* At least Host AP driver and a Prism3 card seemed to be
* generating streams of disconnected events when configuring
* IBSS for WPA-None. Ignore them for now.
*/
return;
}
bssid = wpa_s->bssid;
if (is_zero_ether_addr(bssid))
bssid = wpa_s->pending_bssid;
if (!is_zero_ether_addr(bssid) ||
wpa_s->wpa_state >= WPA_AUTHENTICATING) {
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, WPA_EVENT_DISCONNECTED "bssid=" MACSTR
" reason=%d%s",
MAC2STR(bssid), reason_code,
locally_generated ? " locally_generated=1" : "");
}
}
Filter out unlikely "pre-shared key may be incorrect" messages Add a function to filter out known cases of disconnection during 4-way handshake that are caused by something else than mismatch in PSK. This commit adds the case where the local end determines a mismatch in WPA/RSN element between Beacon/Probe Response frames and EAPOL-Key msg 3/4. This can avoid some potentially confusing "WPA: 4-Way Handshake failed - pre-shared key may be incorrect" ctrl_iface messages. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-08 16:49:54 +02:00
static int could_be_psk_mismatch(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, u16 reason_code,
int locally_generated)
{
if (wpa_s->wpa_state != WPA_4WAY_HANDSHAKE ||
!wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_psk(wpa_s->key_mgmt))
return 0; /* Not in 4-way handshake with PSK */
/*
* It looks like connection was lost while trying to go through PSK
* 4-way handshake. Filter out known disconnection cases that are caused
* by something else than PSK mismatch to avoid confusing reports.
*/
if (locally_generated) {
if (reason_code == WLAN_REASON_IE_IN_4WAY_DIFFERS)
return 0;
}
return 1;
}
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
static void wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc_finish(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
u16 reason_code,
int locally_generated)
{
const u8 *bssid;
nl80211: Work around mac80211 limitation on (re)auth when authenticated mac80211 does not currently allow (re)authentication when we are already authenticated. In order to work around this, force deauthentication if nl80211 authentication command fails with EALREADY. Unfortunately, the workaround code in driver_nl80211.c alone is not enough since the following disconnection event would clear wpa_supplicant authentication state. To handle this, add some code to restore authentication state when using userspace SME. This workaround will hopefully become unnecessary in some point should mac80211 start accepting new authentication requests even when in authenticated state.
2009-10-12 08:39:55 +02:00
int authenticating;
u8 prev_pending_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
struct wpa_bss *fast_reconnect = NULL;
Remove compiler warnings with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 19:04:56 +02:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
struct wpa_ssid *fast_reconnect_ssid = NULL;
Remove compiler warnings with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 19:04:56 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING */
SME: Fix disconnec-while-authenticating Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke SME disassoc-while-authenticating workaround for cfg80211. Fix this by restoring wpa_s->current_ssid in case SME authentication is in progress. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-01 16:20:27 +02:00
struct wpa_ssid *last_ssid;
nl80211: Work around mac80211 limitation on (re)auth when authenticated mac80211 does not currently allow (re)authentication when we are already authenticated. In order to work around this, force deauthentication if nl80211 authentication command fails with EALREADY. Unfortunately, the workaround code in driver_nl80211.c alone is not enough since the following disconnection event would clear wpa_supplicant authentication state. To handle this, add some code to restore authentication state when using userspace SME. This workaround will hopefully become unnecessary in some point should mac80211 start accepting new authentication requests even when in authenticated state.
2009-10-12 08:39:55 +02:00
authenticating = wpa_s->wpa_state == WPA_AUTHENTICATING;
os_memcpy(prev_pending_bssid, wpa_s->pending_bssid, ETH_ALEN);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE) {
/*
* At least Host AP driver and a Prism3 card seemed to be
* generating streams of disconnected events when configuring
* IBSS for WPA-None. Ignore them for now.
*/
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Disconnect event - ignore in "
"IBSS/WPA-None mode");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
return;
}
Filter out unlikely "pre-shared key may be incorrect" messages Add a function to filter out known cases of disconnection during 4-way handshake that are caused by something else than mismatch in PSK. This commit adds the case where the local end determines a mismatch in WPA/RSN element between Beacon/Probe Response frames and EAPOL-Key msg 3/4. This can avoid some potentially confusing "WPA: 4-Way Handshake failed - pre-shared key may be incorrect" ctrl_iface messages. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-10-08 16:49:54 +02:00
if (could_be_psk_mismatch(wpa_s, reason_code, locally_generated)) {
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, "WPA: 4-Way Handshake failed - "
"pre-shared key may be incorrect");
Disable network block temporarily on authentication failures If 4-way handshake fails due to likely PSK failure or if EAP authentication fails, disable the network block temporarily. Use longer duration if multiple consecutive failures are seen. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 22:01:26 +02:00
wpas_auth_failed(wpa_s);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Do not try auto connect mechanism in disconnected state This cleans up debug log by not requesting the auto connect on dissassociation event if we are already in disconnected state and would not try to connect anyway. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-05-12 18:15:33 +02:00
if (!wpa_s->disconnected &&
(!wpa_s->auto_reconnect_disabled ||
wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS)) {
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Auto connect enabled: try to "
Make reconnect-on-disassoc debug prints somewhat more helpful Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-01 17:22:10 +01:00
"reconnect (wps=%d wpa_state=%d)",
wpa_s->key_mgmt == WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPS,
wpa_s->wpa_state);
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state == WPA_COMPLETED &&
wpa_s->current_ssid &&
wpa_s->current_ssid->mode == WPAS_MODE_INFRA &&
Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code. Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate whether the event was generated locally. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 17:53:12 +01:00
!locally_generated &&
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
disconnect_reason_recoverable(reason_code)) {
/*
* It looks like the AP has dropped association with
* us, but could allow us to get back in. Try to
* reconnect to the same BSS without full scan to save
* time for some common cases.
*/
fast_reconnect = wpa_s->current_bss;
Remove compiler warnings with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 19:04:56 +02:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
fast_reconnect_ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
Remove compiler warnings with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-06-07 19:04:56 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING */
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
} else if (wpa_s->wpa_state >= WPA_ASSOCIATING)
Add option for disabling automatic reconnection on disconnection ctrl_interface STA_AUTOCONNECT command can now be used to disable automatic reconnection on receiving disconnection event. The default behavior is for wpa_supplicant to try to reconnect automatically, i.e., to maintain previous behavior.
2010-09-06 16:28:45 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(wpa_s, 0, 100000);
Make reconnect-on-disassoc debug prints somewhat more helpful Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-01 17:22:10 +01:00
else
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Do not request new "
"immediate scan");
Add option for disabling automatic reconnection on disconnection ctrl_interface STA_AUTOCONNECT command can now be used to disable automatic reconnection on receiving disconnection event. The default behavior is for wpa_supplicant to try to reconnect automatically, i.e., to maintain previous behavior.
2010-09-06 16:28:45 +02:00
} else {
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Auto connect disabled: do not "
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
"try to re-connect");
Add option for disabling automatic reconnection on disconnection ctrl_interface STA_AUTOCONNECT command can now be used to disable automatic reconnection on receiving disconnection event. The default behavior is for wpa_supplicant to try to reconnect automatically, i.e., to maintain previous behavior.
2010-09-06 16:28:45 +02:00
wpa_s->reassociate = 0;
wpa_s->disconnected = 1;
Stop sched_scan in number of cases where it should not be running When a P2P group is removed, we better not leave possibly started sched_scan running. This could happen when a separate group interface was not used. In addition, it looks safer to explicitly stop sched_scan before starting P2P Listen or Find operations to make sure the offloaded scanning is not running when doing similar P2P operations. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-01-23 17:26:09 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_cancel_sched_scan(wpa_s);
Add option for disabling automatic reconnection on disconnection ctrl_interface STA_AUTOCONNECT command can now be used to disable automatic reconnection on receiving disconnection event. The default behavior is for wpa_supplicant to try to reconnect automatically, i.e., to maintain previous behavior.
2010-09-06 16:28:45 +02:00
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
bssid = wpa_s->bssid;
Introduced new helper function is_zero_ether_addr() Use this inline function to replace os_memcmp(addr, "\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00\x00", ETH_ALEN) == 0.
2008-06-03 17:08:48 +02:00
if (is_zero_ether_addr(bssid))
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
bssid = wpa_s->pending_bssid;
Call wpas_connection_failed() only if actually trying to connect A disconnection event from the driver may end up getting delivered at a time when wpa_supplicant is not even trying to connect (e.g., during a scan that was already started after WPS provisioning step). In such a case, there is not much point calling wpas_connection_failed() and skipping this avoids confusing attempts of re-starting scanning while the previous scan is still in progress. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-01 17:22:56 +01:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state >= WPA_AUTHENTICATING)
wpas_connection_failed(wpa_s, bssid);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_sm_notify_disassoc(wpa_s->wpa);
Export disconnect reason code to dbus In the properties changed signal, added a new property "DisconnectReason", which carries the IEEE 802.11 reason code of the most recent disassociation or deauthentication event. The reason code is negative if it is locally generated. The property is sent to the DBUS immediately so as to prevent it from being coalesced with other disconnect events. Signed-off-by: Gary Morain <gmorain@chromium.org>
2012-06-30 15:43:50 +02:00
if (locally_generated)
wpa_s->disconnect_reason = -reason_code;
else
wpa_s->disconnect_reason = reason_code;
wpas_notify_disconnect_reason(wpa_s);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (wpa_supplicant_dynamic_keys(wpa_s)) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Disconnect event - remove keys");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_s->keys_cleared = 0;
wpa_clear_keys(wpa_s, wpa_s->bssid);
}
SME: Fix disconnec-while-authenticating Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke SME disassoc-while-authenticating workaround for cfg80211. Fix this by restoring wpa_s->current_ssid in case SME authentication is in progress. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-01 16:20:27 +02:00
last_ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc(wpa_s);
SME: Add timers for authentication and asscoiation mac80211 authentication or association operation may get stuck for some reasons, so wpa_supplicant better use an internal timer to recover from this. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-24 15:59:46 +01:00
SME: Fix disconnec-while-authenticating Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke SME disassoc-while-authenticating workaround for cfg80211. Fix this by restoring wpa_s->current_ssid in case SME authentication is in progress. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-01 16:20:27 +02:00
if (authenticating && (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME)) {
SME: Add timers for authentication and asscoiation mac80211 authentication or association operation may get stuck for some reasons, so wpa_supplicant better use an internal timer to recover from this. Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-02-24 15:59:46 +01:00
sme_disassoc_while_authenticating(wpa_s, prev_pending_bssid);
SME: Fix disconnec-while-authenticating Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke SME disassoc-while-authenticating workaround for cfg80211. Fix this by restoring wpa_s->current_ssid in case SME authentication is in progress. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-09-01 16:20:27 +02:00
wpa_s->current_ssid = last_ssid;
}
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
if (fast_reconnect) {
Fix compiler warning with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:14:09 +01:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Try to reconnect to the same BSS");
if (wpa_supplicant_connect(wpa_s, fast_reconnect,
fast_reconnect_ssid) < 0) {
/* Recover through full scan */
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(wpa_s, 0, 100000);
}
Fix compiler warning with CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING=y Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-11 17:14:09 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING */
Try to reconnect to the same BSS on recoverable disconnection If the AP disconnects us with a reason code that indicates that it has dropped the association, but could allow us to connect again, try to reconnect to the same BSS without going through the full scan. This can save quite a bit of time in some common use cases, e.g., when inactivity timeout is used on the AP (and especially, when waking up from suspend which has likely triggered some timeout on the AP). Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-04 20:57:14 +01:00
}
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Added an optional mitigation mechanism for certain attacks against TKIP by delaying Michael MIC error reports by a random amount of time between 0 and 60 seconds if multiple Michael MIC failures are detected with the same PTK (i.e., the Authenticator does not rekey PTK on first failure report). This is disabled by default and can be enabled with a build option CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT=y in .config. This may help in making a chopchop attack take much longer time by forcing the attacker to wait 60 seconds before knowing whether a modified frame resulted in a MIC failure.
2008-11-08 03:43:12 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT
Fix TKIP countermeasures stopping in deinit paths The eloop timeout to stop TKIP countermeasures has to be canceled on deinit path to avoid leaving bogus timeouts behind. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-10-30 11:43:30 +01:00
void wpa_supplicant_delayed_mic_error_report(void *eloop_ctx, void *sock_ctx)
Added an optional mitigation mechanism for certain attacks against TKIP by delaying Michael MIC error reports by a random amount of time between 0 and 60 seconds if multiple Michael MIC failures are detected with the same PTK (i.e., the Authenticator does not rekey PTK on first failure report). This is disabled by default and can be enabled with a build option CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT=y in .config. This may help in making a chopchop attack take much longer time by forcing the attacker to wait 60 seconds before knowing whether a modified frame resulted in a MIC failure.
2008-11-08 03:43:12 +01:00
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = eloop_ctx;
if (!wpa_s->pending_mic_error_report)
return;
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "WPA: Sending pending MIC error report");
Added an optional mitigation mechanism for certain attacks against TKIP by delaying Michael MIC error reports by a random amount of time between 0 and 60 seconds if multiple Michael MIC failures are detected with the same PTK (i.e., the Authenticator does not rekey PTK on first failure report). This is disabled by default and can be enabled with a build option CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT=y in .config. This may help in making a chopchop attack take much longer time by forcing the attacker to wait 60 seconds before knowing whether a modified frame resulted in a MIC failure.
2008-11-08 03:43:12 +01:00
wpa_sm_key_request(wpa_s->wpa, 1, wpa_s->pending_mic_error_pairwise);
wpa_s->pending_mic_error_report = 0;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
static void
wpa_supplicant_event_michael_mic_failure(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
int pairwise;
struct os_time t;
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_WARNING, "Michael MIC failure detected");
pairwise = (data && data->michael_mic_failure.unicast);
os_get_time(&t);
Added an optional mitigation mechanism for certain attacks against TKIP by delaying Michael MIC error reports by a random amount of time between 0 and 60 seconds if multiple Michael MIC failures are detected with the same PTK (i.e., the Authenticator does not rekey PTK on first failure report). This is disabled by default and can be enabled with a build option CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT=y in .config. This may help in making a chopchop attack take much longer time by forcing the attacker to wait 60 seconds before knowing whether a modified frame resulted in a MIC failure.
2008-11-08 03:43:12 +01:00
if ((wpa_s->last_michael_mic_error &&
t.sec - wpa_s->last_michael_mic_error <= 60) ||
wpa_s->pending_mic_error_report) {
if (wpa_s->pending_mic_error_report) {
/*
* Send the pending MIC error report immediately since
* we are going to start countermeasures and AP better
* do the same.
*/
wpa_sm_key_request(wpa_s->wpa, 1,
wpa_s->pending_mic_error_pairwise);
}
/* Send the new MIC error report immediately since we are going
* to start countermeasures and AP better do the same.
*/
wpa_sm_key_request(wpa_s->wpa, 1, pairwise);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
/* initialize countermeasures */
wpa_s->countermeasures = 1;
Add BSSID into blacklist and do not clean blacklist during countermeasures If scanning continues during TKIP countermeasures, try to avoid selecting the BSS that triggered the counter measures.
2011-12-25 20:09:17 +01:00
wpa_blacklist_add(wpa_s, wpa_s->bssid);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_WARNING, "TKIP countermeasures started");
/*
* Need to wait for completion of request frame. We do not get
* any callback for the message completion, so just wait a
* short while and hope for the best. */
os_sleep(0, 10000);
wpa_drv_set_countermeasures(wpa_s, 1);
wpa_supplicant_deauthenticate(wpa_s,
WLAN_REASON_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE);
eloop_cancel_timeout(wpa_supplicant_stop_countermeasures,
wpa_s, NULL);
eloop_register_timeout(60, 0,
wpa_supplicant_stop_countermeasures,
wpa_s, NULL);
/* TODO: mark the AP rejected for 60 second. STA is
* allowed to associate with another AP.. */
Added an optional mitigation mechanism for certain attacks against TKIP by delaying Michael MIC error reports by a random amount of time between 0 and 60 seconds if multiple Michael MIC failures are detected with the same PTK (i.e., the Authenticator does not rekey PTK on first failure report). This is disabled by default and can be enabled with a build option CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT=y in .config. This may help in making a chopchop attack take much longer time by forcing the attacker to wait 60 seconds before knowing whether a modified frame resulted in a MIC failure.
2008-11-08 03:43:12 +01:00
} else {
#ifdef CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT
if (wpa_s->mic_errors_seen) {
/*
* Reduce the effectiveness of Michael MIC error
* reports as a means for attacking against TKIP if
* more than one MIC failure is noticed with the same
* PTK. We delay the transmission of the reports by a
* random time between 0 and 60 seconds in order to
* force the attacker wait 60 seconds before getting
* the information on whether a frame resulted in a MIC
* failure.
*/
u8 rval[4];
int sec;
if (os_get_random(rval, sizeof(rval)) < 0)
sec = os_random() % 60;
else
sec = WPA_GET_BE32(rval) % 60;
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "WPA: Delay MIC error "
"report %d seconds", sec);
Added an optional mitigation mechanism for certain attacks against TKIP by delaying Michael MIC error reports by a random amount of time between 0 and 60 seconds if multiple Michael MIC failures are detected with the same PTK (i.e., the Authenticator does not rekey PTK on first failure report). This is disabled by default and can be enabled with a build option CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT=y in .config. This may help in making a chopchop attack take much longer time by forcing the attacker to wait 60 seconds before knowing whether a modified frame resulted in a MIC failure.
2008-11-08 03:43:12 +01:00
wpa_s->pending_mic_error_report = 1;
wpa_s->pending_mic_error_pairwise = pairwise;
eloop_cancel_timeout(
wpa_supplicant_delayed_mic_error_report,
wpa_s, NULL);
eloop_register_timeout(
sec, os_random() % 1000000,
wpa_supplicant_delayed_mic_error_report,
wpa_s, NULL);
} else {
wpa_sm_key_request(wpa_s->wpa, 1, pairwise);
}
#else /* CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT */
wpa_sm_key_request(wpa_s->wpa, 1, pairwise);
#endif /* CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
wpa_s->last_michael_mic_error = t.sec;
Added an optional mitigation mechanism for certain attacks against TKIP by delaying Michael MIC error reports by a random amount of time between 0 and 60 seconds if multiple Michael MIC failures are detected with the same PTK (i.e., the Authenticator does not rekey PTK on first failure report). This is disabled by default and can be enabled with a build option CONFIG_DELAYED_MIC_ERROR_REPORT=y in .config. This may help in making a chopchop attack take much longer time by forcing the attacker to wait 60 seconds before knowing whether a modified frame resulted in a MIC failure.
2008-11-08 03:43:12 +01:00
wpa_s->mic_errors_seen++;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Add build option CONFIG_TERMINATE_ONLASTIF This makes wpa_supplicant terminate automatically if the configured interface(s) disappear.
2009-03-02 20:57:00 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_TERMINATE_ONLASTIF
static int any_interfaces(struct wpa_supplicant *head)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s;
for (wpa_s = head; wpa_s != NULL; wpa_s = wpa_s->next)
if (!wpa_s->interface_removed)
return 1;
return 0;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_TERMINATE_ONLASTIF */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
static void
wpa_supplicant_event_interface_status(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
if (os_strcmp(wpa_s->ifname, data->interface_status.ifname) != 0)
return;
switch (data->interface_status.ievent) {
case EVENT_INTERFACE_ADDED:
if (!wpa_s->interface_removed)
break;
wpa_s->interface_removed = 0;
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Configured interface was added");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
if (wpa_supplicant_driver_init(wpa_s) < 0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, "Failed to initialize the "
"driver after interface was added");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
}
Use WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED with interface removed events This makes WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED more consistent in indicating that wpa_supplicant cannot currently control the interface regardless of whether the interface is disabled or completely removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-18 12:16:17 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_DISCONNECTED);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
case EVENT_INTERFACE_REMOVED:
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Configured interface was removed");
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
wpa_s->interface_removed = 1;
wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc(wpa_s);
Use WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED with interface removed events This makes WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED more consistent in indicating that wpa_supplicant cannot currently control the interface regardless of whether the interface is disabled or completely removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-02-18 12:16:17 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
l2_packet_deinit(wpa_s->l2);
wpa_s->l2 = NULL;
IBSS RSN: Clear IBSS RSN peers based on peer lost events
2011-03-18 16:04:46 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IBSS_RSN
RSN IBSS: Restart IBSS state machines for each new IBSS Change the old design of running a single long living RSN IBSS instance to keep a separate instance for each IBSS connection. This fixes number of issues in getting keys set properly for new connections and is in general quite a bit more correct design.
2011-03-23 20:15:46 +01:00
ibss_rsn_deinit(wpa_s->ibss_rsn);
wpa_s->ibss_rsn = NULL;
IBSS RSN: Clear IBSS RSN peers based on peer lost events
2011-03-18 16:04:46 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_IBSS_RSN */
Add build option CONFIG_TERMINATE_ONLASTIF This makes wpa_supplicant terminate automatically if the configured interface(s) disappear.
2009-03-02 20:57:00 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_TERMINATE_ONLASTIF
/* check if last interface */
if (!any_interfaces(wpa_s->global->ifaces))
eloop_terminate();
#endif /* CONFIG_TERMINATE_ONLASTIF */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
}
#ifdef CONFIG_PEERKEY
static void
wpa_supplicant_event_stkstart(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
if (data == NULL)
return;
wpa_sm_stkstart(wpa_s->wpa, data->stkstart.peer);
}
#endif /* CONFIG_PEERKEY */
TDLS: Add initial support for TDLS (IEEE Std 802.11z-2010)
2010-10-07 09:26:56 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_TDLS
static void wpa_supplicant_event_tdls(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
if (data == NULL)
return;
switch (data->tdls.oper) {
case TDLS_REQUEST_SETUP:
TDLS: Remove link, if any, on an implicit set up request If an implicit TDLS set up request is obtained on an existing link or an to be established link, the previous link was not removed. This commit disables the existing link on a new set up request. Also, wpa_tdls_reneg() function was invoking wpa_tdls_start() on an already existing peer for the case of internal setup, which is incorrect. Thus the invocation of wpa_tdls_start() is removed in wpa_tdls_reneg() and also this function is renamed to wps_tdls_remove() as it does not renegotiation rather shall remove the link (if any) for the case of external setup. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-05 12:27:56 +01:00
wpa_tdls_remove(wpa_s->wpa, data->tdls.peer);
if (wpa_tdls_is_external_setup(wpa_s->wpa))
wpa_tdls_start(wpa_s->wpa, data->tdls.peer);
else
wpa_drv_tdls_oper(wpa_s, TDLS_SETUP, data->tdls.peer);
TDLS: Add initial support for TDLS (IEEE Std 802.11z-2010)
2010-10-07 09:26:56 +02:00
break;
case TDLS_REQUEST_TEARDOWN:
TDLS: Disable the link also on driver request for teardown The link was not disabled for the case of implicit trigger from the driver unlike in the case of explicit trigger fromc ctrl_iface. Make the tear down sequences match in these cases by adding the TDLS_DISABLE_LINK tdls_oper to the driver when processing the TDLS_REQUEST_TEARDOWN event. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-01-22 13:09:54 +01:00
wpa_tdls_teardown_link(wpa_s->wpa, data->tdls.peer,
TDLS: Support sending a teardown frame from usermode When a driver does not implement the TDLS_TEARDOWN operation internally, send an explicit TDLS link teardown frame to the driver. Change all teardown calls to use these calling semantics. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-09-26 12:55:28 +02:00
data->tdls.reason_code);
TDLS: Add initial support for TDLS (IEEE Std 802.11z-2010)
2010-10-07 09:26:56 +02:00
break;
}
}
#endif /* CONFIG_TDLS */
WNM: Use CONFIG_WNM more consistently Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. Previously it was possible to define CONFIG_IEEE80211V without CONFIG_WNM which would break the build. In addition, IEEE 802.11v has been merged into IEEE Std 802.11-2012 and WNM is a better term to use for this new functionality anyway. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 17:22:54 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WNM
WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode for station mode Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 16:27:19 +01:00
static void wpa_supplicant_event_wnm(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
if (data == NULL)
return;
switch (data->wnm.oper) {
case WNM_OPER_SLEEP:
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "Start sending WNM-Sleep Request "
"(action=%d, intval=%d)",
data->wnm.sleep_action, data->wnm.sleep_intval);
ieee802_11_send_wnmsleep_req(wpa_s, data->wnm.sleep_action,
WNM: Add option for passing TFS request from external programs The optional tfs_req=<hex dump> parameter can be added for the wnm_sleep command to specify the TFS request element to use in the WNM-Sleep Mode Request frame. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-12-16 11:31:16 +01:00
data->wnm.sleep_intval, NULL);
WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode for station mode Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 16:27:19 +01:00
break;
}
}
WNM: Use CONFIG_WNM more consistently Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. Previously it was possible to define CONFIG_IEEE80211V without CONFIG_WNM which would break the build. In addition, IEEE 802.11v has been merged into IEEE Std 802.11-2012 and WNM is a better term to use for this new functionality anyway. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 17:22:54 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_WNM */
WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode for station mode Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 16:27:19 +01:00
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211R
static void
wpa_supplicant_event_ft_response(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
if (data == NULL)
return;
if (wpa_ft_process_response(wpa_s->wpa, data->ft_ies.ies,
data->ft_ies.ies_len,
data->ft_ies.ft_action,
FT: Add RIC Request generation and validation (but not processing) This adds first part of FT resource request as part of Reassocition Request frame (i.e., FT Protocol, not FT Resource Request Protocol). wpa_supplicant can generate a test resource request when driver_test.c is used with internal MLME code and hostapd can verify the FTIE MIC properly with the included RIC Request. The actual RIC Request IEs are not processed yet and hostapd does not yet reply with RIC Response (nor would wpa_supplicant be able to validate the FTIE MIC for a frame with RIC Response).
2009-03-09 19:45:17 +01:00
data->ft_ies.target_ap,
data->ft_ies.ric_ies,
data->ft_ies.ric_ies_len) < 0) {
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
/* TODO: prevent MLME/driver from trying to associate? */
}
}
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211R */
Added initial step for IBSS RSN support This commit adds a new build option, CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y, that can be used to enable RSN support for IBSS. This links in RSN Authenticator code from hostapd and adds code for managing per-peer information for IBSS. A new wpa_cli command or driver event can be used to request RSN authentication with an IBSS peer. New RSN Authenticator and Supplicant will be allocated for each peer. The basic state machine setup code is included in this commit, but the state machines are not properly started yet. In addition, some of the callback functions are not yet complete.
2009-01-15 00:21:55 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IBSS_RSN
static void wpa_supplicant_event_ibss_rsn_start(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
IBSS RSN: Do not start 4-way handshake unless RSN is enabled
2010-12-05 03:17:05 +01:00
struct wpa_ssid *ssid;
IBSS RSN: Do not start if not yet connected to IBSS This is used to avoid starting IBSS RSN processing with a peer before the IBSS connection itself has been completed.
2011-03-16 15:26:26 +01:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state < WPA_ASSOCIATED)
return;
Added initial step for IBSS RSN support This commit adds a new build option, CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y, that can be used to enable RSN support for IBSS. This links in RSN Authenticator code from hostapd and adds code for managing per-peer information for IBSS. A new wpa_cli command or driver event can be used to request RSN authentication with an IBSS peer. New RSN Authenticator and Supplicant will be allocated for each peer. The basic state machine setup code is included in this commit, but the state machines are not properly started yet. In addition, some of the callback functions are not yet complete.
2009-01-15 00:21:55 +01:00
if (data == NULL)
return;
IBSS RSN: Do not start 4-way handshake unless RSN is enabled
2010-12-05 03:17:05 +01:00
ssid = wpa_s->current_ssid;
if (ssid == NULL)
return;
if (ssid->mode != WPAS_MODE_IBSS || !wpa_key_mgmt_wpa(ssid->key_mgmt))
return;
Added initial step for IBSS RSN support This commit adds a new build option, CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y, that can be used to enable RSN support for IBSS. This links in RSN Authenticator code from hostapd and adds code for managing per-peer information for IBSS. A new wpa_cli command or driver event can be used to request RSN authentication with an IBSS peer. New RSN Authenticator and Supplicant will be allocated for each peer. The basic state machine setup code is included in this commit, but the state machines are not properly started yet. In addition, some of the callback functions are not yet complete.
2009-01-15 00:21:55 +01:00
ibss_rsn_start(wpa_s->ibss_rsn, data->ibss_rsn_start.peer);
}
#endif /* CONFIG_IBSS_RSN */
FT: Add preliminary processing of FT Action Response from EVENT_RX_ACTION Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c); now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS) for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame exchange is not yet implemented.
2010-03-11 23:43:00 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211R
static void ft_rx_action(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s, const u8 *data,
size_t len)
{
const u8 *sta_addr, *target_ap_addr;
u16 status;
wpa_hexdump(MSG_MSGDUMP, "FT: RX Action", data, len);
if (!(wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME))
return; /* only SME case supported for now */
if (len < 1 + 2 * ETH_ALEN + 2)
return;
if (data[0] != 2)
return; /* Only FT Action Response is supported for now */
sta_addr = data + 1;
target_ap_addr = data + 1 + ETH_ALEN;
status = WPA_GET_LE16(data + 1 + 2 * ETH_ALEN);
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "FT: Received FT Action Response: STA "
MACSTR " TargetAP " MACSTR " status %u",
MAC2STR(sta_addr), MAC2STR(target_ap_addr), status);
FT: Add preliminary processing of FT Action Response from EVENT_RX_ACTION Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c); now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS) for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame exchange is not yet implemented.
2010-03-11 23:43:00 +01:00
if (os_memcmp(sta_addr, wpa_s->own_addr, ETH_ALEN) != 0) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "FT: Foreign STA Address " MACSTR
" in FT Action Response", MAC2STR(sta_addr));
FT: Add preliminary processing of FT Action Response from EVENT_RX_ACTION Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c); now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS) for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame exchange is not yet implemented.
2010-03-11 23:43:00 +01:00
return;
}
if (status) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "FT: FT Action Response indicates "
"failure (status code %d)", status);
FT: Add preliminary processing of FT Action Response from EVENT_RX_ACTION Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c); now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS) for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame exchange is not yet implemented.
2010-03-11 23:43:00 +01:00
/* TODO: report error to FT code(?) */
return;
}
if (wpa_ft_process_response(wpa_s->wpa, data + 1 + 2 * ETH_ALEN + 2,
len - (1 + 2 * ETH_ALEN + 2), 1,
target_ap_addr, NULL, 0) < 0)
return;
FT: Update SME frequency info before sme_associate() call This is needed to allow FT-over-DS to request correct channel for the reassociation with the target AP.
2010-03-13 17:26:25 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_SME
{
struct wpa_bss *bss;
bss = wpa_bss_get_bssid(wpa_s, target_ap_addr);
if (bss)
wpa_s->sme.freq = bss->freq;
FT: Process reassoc resp FT IEs when using wpa_supplicant SME
2010-03-13 20:13:18 +01:00
wpa_s->sme.auth_alg = WPA_AUTH_ALG_FT;
FT: Update SME frequency info before sme_associate() call This is needed to allow FT-over-DS to request correct channel for the reassociation with the target AP.
2010-03-13 17:26:25 +01:00
sme_associate(wpa_s, WPAS_MODE_INFRA, target_ap_addr,
WLAN_AUTH_FT);
}
#endif /* CONFIG_SME */
FT: Add preliminary processing of FT Action Response from EVENT_RX_ACTION Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c); now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS) for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame exchange is not yet implemented.
2010-03-11 23:43:00 +01:00
}
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211R */
Use SA Query procedure to recovery from AP/STA state mismatch If a station received unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with reason code 6 or 7 from the current AP, there may be a mismatch in association state between the AP and STA. Verify whether this is the case by using SA Query procedure. If not response is received from the AP, deauthenticate. This implementation is only for user space SME with driver_nl80211.c.
2010-12-19 10:58:00 +01:00
static void wpa_supplicant_event_unprot_deauth(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct unprot_deauth *e)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211W
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "Unprotected Deauthentication frame "
"dropped: " MACSTR " -> " MACSTR
" (reason code %u)",
MAC2STR(e->sa), MAC2STR(e->da), e->reason_code);
sme_event_unprot_disconnect(wpa_s, e->sa, e->da, e->reason_code);
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211W */
}
static void wpa_supplicant_event_unprot_disassoc(struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s,
struct unprot_disassoc *e)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211W
wpa_printf(MSG_DEBUG, "Unprotected Disassociation frame "
"dropped: " MACSTR " -> " MACSTR
" (reason code %u)",
MAC2STR(e->sa), MAC2STR(e->da), e->reason_code);
sme_event_unprot_disconnect(wpa_s, e->sa, e->da, e->reason_code);
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211W */
}
Remove unnecessary wpa_event_type typedef
2010-01-03 12:10:12 +01:00
void wpa_supplicant_event(void *ctx, enum wpa_event_type event,
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
union wpa_event_data *data)
{
struct wpa_supplicant *wpa_s = ctx;
Add BSSID and reason code (if available) to disconnect event This adds more details into the CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event to make it easier to figure out which network was disconnected in some race conditions and to what could have been the reason for disconnection. The reason code is currently only available with the nl80211 driver wrapper.
2010-04-11 20:25:15 +02:00
u16 reason_code = 0;
Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code. Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate whether the event was generated locally. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 17:53:12 +01:00
int locally_generated = 0;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
Add Linux rfkill support Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g., due to rfkill). Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 09:27:32 +02:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state == WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED &&
event != EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED &&
Process EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED partially if interface is disabled The internal sched_scanning state needs to be cleared on this event even if the events happen to get ordered in a way that the interface gets disabled just prior to EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 12:36:58 +01:00
event != EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS &&
event != EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED) {
Print human readable driver event names This makes it easier to understand the event related logs. Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-11-13 18:01:38 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG,
"Ignore event %s (%d) while interface is disabled",
event_to_string(event), event);
Add Linux rfkill support Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g., due to rfkill). Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 09:27:32 +02:00
return;
}
Lower RX_MGMT driver event debug level for Beacon frames This event can be very frequent in AP mode when Beacon frames from neighboring BSSes are delivered to user space. Drop the debug message priority from DEBUG to EXCESSIVE for Beacon frames. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 20:48:25 +01:00
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG
{
int level = MSG_DEBUG;
Remove unnecessary EVENT_RX_MGMT data validation Make wpa_supplicant_event() more consistent by not checking data in either location handling EVENT_RX_MGMT events. This event is required to specify the data so this pointer cannot be NULL. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-04-21 17:54:35 +02:00
if (event == EVENT_RX_MGMT && data->rx_mgmt.frame_len >= 24) {
Lower RX_MGMT driver event debug level for Beacon frames This event can be very frequent in AP mode when Beacon frames from neighboring BSSes are delivered to user space. Drop the debug message priority from DEBUG to EXCESSIVE for Beacon frames. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 20:48:25 +01:00
const struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr;
u16 fc;
hdr = (const struct ieee80211_hdr *) data->rx_mgmt.frame;
fc = le_to_host16(hdr->frame_control);
if (WLAN_FC_GET_TYPE(fc) == WLAN_FC_TYPE_MGMT &&
WLAN_FC_GET_STYPE(fc) == WLAN_FC_STYPE_BEACON)
level = MSG_EXCESSIVE;
}
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, level, "Event %s (%d) received",
Print human readable driver event names This makes it easier to understand the event related logs. Signed-hostap: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2011-11-13 18:01:38 +01:00
event_to_string(event), event);
Lower RX_MGMT driver event debug level for Beacon frames This event can be very frequent in AP mode when Beacon frames from neighboring BSSes are delivered to user space. Drop the debug message priority from DEBUG to EXCESSIVE for Beacon frames. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-18 20:48:25 +01:00
}
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG */
Add some more debug for driver events
2010-07-18 05:33:34 +02:00
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
switch (event) {
Add SME support (separate authentication and association) This can be used, e.g., with mac80211-based Linux drivers with nl80211. This allows over-the-air FT protocol to be used (IEEE 802.11r). Since the nl80211 interface needed for this is very recent (added today into wireless-testing.git), driver_nl80211.c has backwards compatibility code that uses WEXT for association if the kernel does not support the new commands. This compatibility code can be disabled by defining NO_WEXT_COMPAT. That code will also be removed at some point to clean up driver_nl80211.c.
2009-03-20 21:26:41 +01:00
case EVENT_AUTH:
sme_event_auth(wpa_s, data);
break;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
case EVENT_ASSOC:
wpa_supplicant_event_assoc(wpa_s, data);
break;
case EVENT_DISASSOC:
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Disassociation notification");
Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands
2010-08-17 20:04:38 +02:00
if (data) {
Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code. Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate whether the event was generated locally. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 17:53:12 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " * reason %u%s",
data->disassoc_info.reason_code,
data->disassoc_info.locally_generated ?
" (locally generated)" : "");
Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands
2010-08-17 20:04:38 +02:00
if (data->disassoc_info.addr)
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " * address " MACSTR,
MAC2STR(data->disassoc_info.addr));
Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands
2010-08-17 20:04:38 +02:00
}
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
wpa_supplicant AP: Make sure deauth/disassoc event is valid Verify that the driver wrapper is using a valid deauth/disassoc event before dereferencing the addr pointer. The address is required to be set in AP mode, but it is safer to verify this here than to trust on all driver wrappers doing the correct thing.
2010-09-04 20:50:12 +02:00
if (wpa_s->ap_iface && data && data->disassoc_info.addr) {
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
hostapd_notif_disassoc(wpa_s->ap_iface->bss[0],
data->disassoc_info.addr);
break;
}
Ignore disassociation event in wpa_supplicant AP mode If the driver was associated in station mode just before the AP mode was started, the station mode disassociation event may end up getting delivered to wpa_supplicant only after the AP mode has been started. This can result in unexpected attempt to reassociate back to the network that was previously used in station mode. Avoid this by ignoring the disassociation event. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 12:36:13 +01:00
if (wpa_s->ap_iface) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Ignore disassoc event in "
"AP mode");
break;
}
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
P2P: Add disassociation/deauthentication IE notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (data) {
reason_code = data->disassoc_info.reason_code;
Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code. Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate whether the event was generated locally. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 17:53:12 +01:00
locally_generated =
data->disassoc_info.locally_generated;
P2P: Add disassociation/deauthentication IE notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG, "Disassociation frame IE(s)",
data->disassoc_info.ie,
data->disassoc_info.ie_len);
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
wpas_p2p_disassoc_notif(
wpa_s, data->disassoc_info.addr, reason_code,
data->disassoc_info.ie,
P2P: Remove client group on Deauthentication reason code 3 The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 15:43:06 +02:00
data->disassoc_info.ie_len,
locally_generated);
P2P: Add disassociation/deauthentication IE notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
}
SME: Do not process disassoc frame unless SME is used This avoids an infinite loop with driver_test.c when using IBSS.
2009-12-04 20:44:13 +01:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME)
sme_event_disassoc(wpa_s, data);
SME: Deauthenticate to clear state after disassociation events cfg80211/mac80211 can get into somewhat confused state if the AP only disassociates us and leaves us in authenticated state. For now, force the state to be cleared with deauthentication to avoid confusing errors if we try to associate with the AP again. This gets rid of 30 second delay (scan timeout) in cases where only a disassociation frame is received from the AP.
2009-12-02 16:26:28 +01:00
/* fall through */
case EVENT_DEAUTH:
Add BSSID and reason code (if available) to disconnect event This adds more details into the CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event to make it easier to figure out which network was disconnected in some race conditions and to what could have been the reason for disconnection. The reason code is currently only available with the nl80211 driver wrapper.
2010-04-11 20:25:15 +02:00
if (event == EVENT_DEAUTH) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG,
"Deauthentication notification");
Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands
2010-08-17 20:04:38 +02:00
if (data) {
Add BSSID and reason code (if available) to disconnect event This adds more details into the CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event to make it easier to figure out which network was disconnected in some race conditions and to what could have been the reason for disconnection. The reason code is currently only available with the nl80211 driver wrapper.
2010-04-11 20:25:15 +02:00
reason_code = data->deauth_info.reason_code;
Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code. Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate whether the event was generated locally. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 17:53:12 +01:00
locally_generated =
data->deauth_info.locally_generated;
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " * reason %u%s",
data->deauth_info.reason_code,
data->deauth_info.locally_generated ?
" (locally generated)" : "");
Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands
2010-08-17 20:04:38 +02:00
if (data->deauth_info.addr) {
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, " * address "
MACSTR,
MAC2STR(data->deauth_info.
addr));
Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands
2010-08-17 20:04:38 +02:00
}
P2P: Add disassociation/deauthentication IE notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_hexdump(MSG_DEBUG,
"Deauthentication frame IE(s)",
data->deauth_info.ie,
data->deauth_info.ie_len);
Add more debug info on deauth/disassoc events and commands
2010-08-17 20:04:38 +02:00
}
FT: Reset FT flag upon STA deauthentication Reset ft_completed if STA receives deauthentication between FT reassoc success and the subsequent initial mobility authentication and association. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-04-26 16:56:24 +02:00
wpa_reset_ft_completed(wpa_s->wpa);
Add BSSID and reason code (if available) to disconnect event This adds more details into the CTRL-EVENT-DISCONNECTED event to make it easier to figure out which network was disconnected in some race conditions and to what could have been the reason for disconnection. The reason code is currently only available with the nl80211 driver wrapper.
2010-04-11 20:25:15 +02:00
}
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
wpa_supplicant AP: Make sure deauth/disassoc event is valid Verify that the driver wrapper is using a valid deauth/disassoc event before dereferencing the addr pointer. The address is required to be set in AP mode, but it is safer to verify this here than to trust on all driver wrappers doing the correct thing.
2010-09-04 20:50:12 +02:00
if (wpa_s->ap_iface && data && data->deauth_info.addr) {
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
hostapd_notif_disassoc(wpa_s->ap_iface->bss[0],
data->deauth_info.addr);
break;
}
Ignore disassociation event in wpa_supplicant AP mode If the driver was associated in station mode just before the AP mode was started, the station mode disassociation event may end up getting delivered to wpa_supplicant only after the AP mode has been started. This can result in unexpected attempt to reassociate back to the network that was previously used in station mode. Avoid this by ignoring the disassociation event. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 12:36:13 +01:00
if (wpa_s->ap_iface) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Ignore deauth event in "
"AP mode");
break;
}
Use generic driver event notification for AP mode assoc/disassoc
2010-01-03 17:22:22 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
Do not trigger fast reconnection on locally generated deauth/disassoc The deauthentication and disassociation events from nl80211 were being processed identically regardless of whether the frame was generated by the local STA or the AP. This resulted in fast reconnection mechanism getting triggered even in the case where the disconnection was detected locally (e.g., due to beacon loss) while this was supposed to happen only in the case where the AP is sending an explicit Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with a specific reason code. Fix this by adding a new deauth/disassoc event variable to indicate whether the event was generated locally. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-01-01 17:53:12 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(wpa_s, reason_code,
locally_generated);
Disable network block temporarily on authentication failures If 4-way handshake fails due to likely PSK failure or if EAP authentication fails, disable the network block temporarily. Use longer duration if multiple consecutive failures are seen. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-08-26 22:01:26 +02:00
if (reason_code == WLAN_REASON_IEEE_802_1X_AUTH_FAILED ||
((wpa_key_mgmt_wpa_ieee8021x(wpa_s->key_mgmt) ||
(wpa_s->key_mgmt & WPA_KEY_MGMT_IEEE8021X_NO_WPA)) &&
eapol_sm_failed(wpa_s->eapol)))
wpas_auth_failed(wpa_s);
P2P: Remove client group on Deauthentication reason code 3 The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 15:43:06 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
if (event == EVENT_DEAUTH && data) {
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
if (wpas_p2p_deauth_notif(wpa_s,
data->deauth_info.addr,
reason_code,
data->deauth_info.ie,
data->deauth_info.ie_len,
locally_generated) > 0) {
/*
* The interface was removed, so cannot
* continue processing any additional
* operations after this.
*/
break;
}
P2P: Remove client group on Deauthentication reason code 3 The GO can indicate that the P2P Group session is ending by sending a Deauthentication frame with reason code 3 (Deauthenticated because sending STA is leaving) based on P2P specification section 3.2.9. Use this reason code to remove the P2P client group without waiting for the group idle timeout. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-04-03 15:43:06 +02:00
}
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
Fix disconnection event processing Commit 0d30cc240fa36905b034dc9676f9d8da0ac18e56 forced wpa_s->current_ssid and wpa_s->key_mgmt to be cleared in wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() which gets called from wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc(). This broke IEEE 802.1X authentication failure processing and P2P deauthentication notification (group termination). Fix this by splitting wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc() into two parts and make wpas_p2p_deauth_notif() indicate whether the interface was removed. If so, the last part of disassocition event processing is skipped. Since the wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc() call is in the second part, the above mentioned issues are resolved. In addition, this cleans up the P2P group interface removal case by not trying to use fast reconnection mechanism just before the interface gets removed. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-08-31 21:04:41 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_event_disassoc_finish(wpa_s, reason_code,
locally_generated);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
case EVENT_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE:
wpa_supplicant_event_michael_mic_failure(wpa_s, data);
break;
#ifndef CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING
case EVENT_SCAN_RESULTS:
Only expire scanned BSSes based on new scan results Get more information about scans when updating BSS table information. This allows the missing-from-scans expiration rule to work properly when only partial set of channels or SSIDs are being scanned.
2010-01-02 12:57:44 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_event_scan_results(wpa_s, data);
P2P: Use common function for re-starting P2P scan after station scan Make the implementation more consistent and cleaner by using a single function for addressing all the cases where completion of a station mode scan operation allows a P2P operation (search) to be re-started. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-03-18 15:31:09 +01:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state != WPA_AUTHENTICATING &&
wpa_s->wpa_state != WPA_ASSOCIATING)
wpas_p2p_continue_after_scan(wpa_s);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
#endif /* CONFIG_NO_SCAN_PROCESSING */
case EVENT_ASSOCINFO:
wpa_supplicant_event_associnfo(wpa_s, data);
break;
case EVENT_INTERFACE_STATUS:
wpa_supplicant_event_interface_status(wpa_s, data);
break;
case EVENT_PMKID_CANDIDATE:
wpa_supplicant_event_pmkid_candidate(wpa_s, data);
break;
#ifdef CONFIG_PEERKEY
case EVENT_STKSTART:
wpa_supplicant_event_stkstart(wpa_s, data);
break;
#endif /* CONFIG_PEERKEY */
TDLS: Add initial support for TDLS (IEEE Std 802.11z-2010)
2010-10-07 09:26:56 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_TDLS
case EVENT_TDLS:
wpa_supplicant_event_tdls(wpa_s, data);
break;
#endif /* CONFIG_TDLS */
WNM: Use CONFIG_WNM more consistently Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. Previously it was possible to define CONFIG_IEEE80211V without CONFIG_WNM which would break the build. In addition, IEEE 802.11v has been merged into IEEE Std 802.11-2012 and WNM is a better term to use for this new functionality anyway. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 17:22:54 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WNM
WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode for station mode Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 16:27:19 +01:00
case EVENT_WNM:
wpa_supplicant_event_wnm(wpa_s, data);
break;
WNM: Use CONFIG_WNM more consistently Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. Previously it was possible to define CONFIG_IEEE80211V without CONFIG_WNM which would break the build. In addition, IEEE 802.11v has been merged into IEEE Std 802.11-2012 and WNM is a better term to use for this new functionality anyway. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 17:22:54 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_WNM */
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211R
case EVENT_FT_RESPONSE:
wpa_supplicant_event_ft_response(wpa_s, data);
break;
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211R */
Added initial step for IBSS RSN support This commit adds a new build option, CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y, that can be used to enable RSN support for IBSS. This links in RSN Authenticator code from hostapd and adds code for managing per-peer information for IBSS. A new wpa_cli command or driver event can be used to request RSN authentication with an IBSS peer. New RSN Authenticator and Supplicant will be allocated for each peer. The basic state machine setup code is included in this commit, but the state machines are not properly started yet. In addition, some of the callback functions are not yet complete.
2009-01-15 00:21:55 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IBSS_RSN
case EVENT_IBSS_RSN_START:
wpa_supplicant_event_ibss_rsn_start(wpa_s, data);
break;
#endif /* CONFIG_IBSS_RSN */
SME: Add processing for rejected associations
2009-04-01 16:10:36 +02:00
case EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT:
Do not segfault on EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT without BSSID
2010-11-26 16:38:46 +01:00
if (data->assoc_reject.bssid)
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, WPA_EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT
"bssid=" MACSTR " status_code=%u",
MAC2STR(data->assoc_reject.bssid),
data->assoc_reject.status_code);
else
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, WPA_EVENT_ASSOC_REJECT
"status_code=%u",
data->assoc_reject.status_code);
Add ctrl_interface event for association rejected
2010-10-27 19:28:16 +02:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME)
sme_event_assoc_reject(wpa_s, data);
Handle assoc reject events without wpa_supplicant SME If the driver indicates the association (or authentication) was rejected, wpa_supplicant should handle this connection failure similarly to other cases. Previously, this was only handled with drivers that use wpa_supplicant SME. In case of cfg80211-based drivers, a rejected association was actually already handled since cfg80211 generates a deauthentication event after indicating connection failure. However, rejected authentication resulted in wpa_supplicant waiting for authentication timeout to expire which is unnecessary long wait. Fix this by calling wpas_connection_failed() to use the common mechanism to reschedule a new connection attempt with the previously attempted BSSID blacklisted. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-11-03 12:50:17 +01:00
else {
const u8 *bssid = data->assoc_reject.bssid;
if (bssid == NULL || is_zero_ether_addr(bssid))
bssid = wpa_s->pending_bssid;
wpas_connection_failed(wpa_s, bssid);
wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc(wpa_s);
}
SME: Add processing for rejected associations
2009-04-01 16:10:36 +02:00
break;
Add handling of SME auth/assoc timeout events This allows wpa_supplicant to start searching for other APs (or re-try) if the MLME times out.
2009-04-23 23:08:24 +02:00
case EVENT_AUTH_TIMED_OUT:
Add ctrl_interface event for association rejected
2010-10-27 19:28:16 +02:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME)
sme_event_auth_timed_out(wpa_s, data);
Add handling of SME auth/assoc timeout events This allows wpa_supplicant to start searching for other APs (or re-try) if the MLME times out.
2009-04-23 23:08:24 +02:00
break;
case EVENT_ASSOC_TIMED_OUT:
Add ctrl_interface event for association rejected
2010-10-27 19:28:16 +02:00
if (wpa_s->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_SME)
sme_event_assoc_timed_out(wpa_s, data);
Add handling of SME auth/assoc timeout events This allows wpa_supplicant to start searching for other APs (or re-try) if the MLME times out.
2009-04-23 23:08:24 +02:00
break;
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
case EVENT_TX_STATUS:
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "EVENT_TX_STATUS dst=" MACSTR
" type=%d stype=%d",
MAC2STR(data->tx_status.dst),
data->tx_status.type, data->tx_status.stype);
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->ap_iface == NULL) {
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_OFFCHANNEL
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (data->tx_status.type == WLAN_FC_TYPE_MGMT &&
data->tx_status.stype == WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION)
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
offchannel_send_action_tx_status(
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s, data->tx_status.dst,
data->tx_status.data,
data->tx_status.data_len,
P2P: Skip GO Neg Conf ack failure workaround of send failures The workaround to ignore no ctrl::ack received for GO Negotiation Confirmation frame was only supposed to be used when the frame was actually transmitted and just the ack was not received. However, due to the way the driver failure on transmitting the frame were reported, this ended up getting applied for all failures in sending the GO Negotiation Confirmation frame. Improve this by providing a mechanism to indicate whether send_action operations fail locally before the frame was actually transmitted or because of not receiving ack frame after having transmitted the frame.
2010-10-19 11:47:33 +02:00
data->tx_status.ack ?
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
OFFCHANNEL_SEND_ACTION_SUCCESS :
OFFCHANNEL_SEND_ACTION_NO_ACK);
#endif /* CONFIG_OFFCHANNEL */
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
break;
}
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
#ifdef CONFIG_OFFCHANNEL
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "EVENT_TX_STATUS pending_dst="
MACSTR, MAC2STR(wpa_s->parent->pending_action_dst));
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
/*
* Catch TX status events for Action frames we sent via group
* interface in GO mode.
*/
if (data->tx_status.type == WLAN_FC_TYPE_MGMT &&
data->tx_status.stype == WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION &&
os_memcmp(wpa_s->parent->pending_action_dst,
data->tx_status.dst, ETH_ALEN) == 0) {
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
offchannel_send_action_tx_status(
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpa_s->parent, data->tx_status.dst,
data->tx_status.data,
data->tx_status.data_len,
P2P: Fix RX ack status on Action frames sent via interface in GO mode The wpa_supplicant_event() EVENT_TX_STATUS ack field needs to be converted to use wpas_send_action_tx_status() enum p2p_send_action_result in this case, too, to avoid getting incorrect TX status for P2P processing.
2010-11-24 13:25:33 +01:00
data->tx_status.ack ?
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
OFFCHANNEL_SEND_ACTION_SUCCESS :
OFFCHANNEL_SEND_ACTION_NO_ACK);
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
break;
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_OFFCHANNEL */
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
switch (data->tx_status.type) {
case WLAN_FC_TYPE_MGMT:
ap_mgmt_tx_cb(wpa_s, data->tx_status.data,
data->tx_status.data_len,
data->tx_status.stype,
data->tx_status.ack);
break;
case WLAN_FC_TYPE_DATA:
ap_tx_status(wpa_s, data->tx_status.dst,
data->tx_status.data,
data->tx_status.data_len,
data->tx_status.ack);
break;
}
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
break;
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
AP: Add explicit EAPOL TX status event The new event can be used when EAPOL TX status can't be reported as a complete 802.11 frame but is instead reported as just the EAPOL data as originally passed to hapd_send_eapol(). Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-11-19 12:00:30 +01:00
case EVENT_EAPOL_TX_STATUS:
ap_eapol_tx_status(wpa_s, data->eapol_tx_status.dst,
data->eapol_tx_status.data,
data->eapol_tx_status.data_len,
data->eapol_tx_status.ack);
break;
AP: Do station poll in driver wrapper This offloads the station polling to driver wrappers, which may offload it again to the driver. The hostap driver wrapper uses "real" data frames while nl80211 uses null data frames. Also add a specific event to indicate that a poll was successful for future use with the nl80211 driver.
2011-10-20 20:03:08 +02:00
case EVENT_DRIVER_CLIENT_POLL_OK:
ap_client_poll_ok(wpa_s, data->client_poll.addr);
break;
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
case EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN:
if (wpa_s->ap_iface == NULL)
break;
AP: Pass only bssid/addr/wds to EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN
2011-10-20 20:51:32 +02:00
ap_rx_from_unknown_sta(wpa_s, data->rx_from_unknown.addr,
data->rx_from_unknown.wds);
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
break;
nl80211: Handle CH_SWITCH event Some drivers may independently decide to switch channels. Handle this by updating the hostapd and wpa_supplicant AP and GO configuration. Signed-hostap: Thomas Pedersen <c_tpeder@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-06-25 13:45:14 +02:00
case EVENT_CH_SWITCH:
if (!data)
break;
if (!wpa_s->ap_iface) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "AP: Ignore channel switch "
"event in non-AP mode");
break;
}
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
wpas_ap_ch_switch(wpa_s, data->ch_switch.freq,
data->ch_switch.ht_enabled,
data->ch_switch.ch_offset);
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
break;
DBus: Add ability to report probe requests Some applications require knowing about probe requests to identify devices. This can be the case in AP mode to see the devices before they connect, or even in P2P mode when operating as a P2P device to identify non-P2P peers (P2P peers are identified via PeerFound signals). As there are typically a lot of probe requests, require that an interested application subscribes to this signal so the bus isn't always flooded with these notifications. The notifications in DBus are then unicast only to that application. A small test script is also included. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 20:13:38 +02:00
case EVENT_RX_MGMT: {
u16 fc, stype;
const struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt;
mgmt = (const struct ieee80211_mgmt *)
data->rx_mgmt.frame;
fc = le_to_host16(mgmt->frame_control);
stype = WLAN_FC_GET_STYPE(fc);
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
if (wpa_s->ap_iface == NULL) {
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
if (stype == WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ &&
data->rx_mgmt.frame_len > 24) {
const u8 *src = mgmt->sa;
const u8 *ie = mgmt->u.probe_req.variable;
size_t ie_len = data->rx_mgmt.frame_len -
(mgmt->u.probe_req.variable -
data->rx_mgmt.frame);
Pass signal strength through, fix units The signal strength is currently never used as the only driver reporting it is nl80211 which uses IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DB_ANTSIGNAL which is never populated by the kernel. The kernel will (soon) populate IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL instead though, so use that. Also, since it was never really populated, we can redefine the signal field to be in dBm units only. My next patch will also require knowing the signal strength of probe requests throughout the code (where available), so add it to the necessary APIs. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 17:48:12 +02:00
wpas_p2p_probe_req_rx(
wpa_s, src, mgmt->da,
mgmt->bssid, ie, ie_len,
data->rx_mgmt.ssi_signal);
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
break;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "AP: ignore received "
"management frame in non-AP mode");
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
break;
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
}
DBus: Add ability to report probe requests Some applications require knowing about probe requests to identify devices. This can be the case in AP mode to see the devices before they connect, or even in P2P mode when operating as a P2P device to identify non-P2P peers (P2P peers are identified via PeerFound signals). As there are typically a lot of probe requests, require that an interested application subscribes to this signal so the bus isn't always flooded with these notifications. The notifications in DBus are then unicast only to that application. A small test script is also included. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 20:13:38 +02:00
if (stype == WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ &&
data->rx_mgmt.frame_len > 24) {
const u8 *ie = mgmt->u.probe_req.variable;
size_t ie_len = data->rx_mgmt.frame_len -
(mgmt->u.probe_req.variable -
data->rx_mgmt.frame);
wpas_notify_preq(wpa_s, mgmt->sa, mgmt->da,
mgmt->bssid, ie, ie_len,
data->rx_mgmt.ssi_signal);
}
Move struct hostapd_frame_info definition away from driver API This is internal data structure for hostapd/AP functionality and does not need to be defined in driver.h.
2010-01-03 11:37:02 +01:00
ap_mgmt_rx(wpa_s, &data->rx_mgmt);
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
break;
DBus: Add ability to report probe requests Some applications require knowing about probe requests to identify devices. This can be the case in AP mode to see the devices before they connect, or even in P2P mode when operating as a P2P device to identify non-P2P peers (P2P peers are identified via PeerFound signals). As there are typically a lot of probe requests, require that an interested application subscribes to this signal so the bus isn't always flooded with these notifications. The notifications in DBus are then unicast only to that application. A small test script is also included. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 20:13:38 +02:00
}
Use generic driver events for TX status and RX reporting Replace driver wrapper calls to hostapd_tx_status(), hostapd_rx_from_unknown_sta(), hostapd_mgmt_rx(), and hostapd_mgmt_tx_cb() with new generic driver events EVENT_TX_STATUS, EVENT_RX_FROM_UNKNOWN, and EVENT_RX_MGMT. This cleans up lot of the driver wrapper code to be less dependent on whether it is being used within wpa_supplicant AP mode or hostapd.
2009-12-13 22:05:39 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
FT: Add preliminary processing of FT Action Response from EVENT_RX_ACTION Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c); now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS) for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame exchange is not yet implemented.
2010-03-11 23:43:00 +01:00
case EVENT_RX_ACTION:
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Received Action frame: SA=" MACSTR
" Category=%u DataLen=%d freq=%d MHz",
MAC2STR(data->rx_action.sa),
data->rx_action.category, (int) data->rx_action.len,
data->rx_action.freq);
FT: Add preliminary processing of FT Action Response from EVENT_RX_ACTION Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c); now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS) for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame exchange is not yet implemented.
2010-03-11 23:43:00 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211R
if (data->rx_action.category == WLAN_ACTION_FT) {
ft_rx_action(wpa_s, data->rx_action.data,
data->rx_action.len);
break;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211R */
Use SA Query procedure to recovery from AP/STA state mismatch If a station received unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with reason code 6 or 7 from the current AP, there may be a mismatch in association state between the AP and STA. Verify whether this is the case by using SA Query procedure. If not response is received from the AP, deauthenticate. This implementation is only for user space SME with driver_nl80211.c.
2010-12-19 10:58:00 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_IEEE80211W
#ifdef CONFIG_SME
if (data->rx_action.category == WLAN_ACTION_SA_QUERY) {
sme_sa_query_rx(wpa_s, data->rx_action.sa,
data->rx_action.data,
data->rx_action.len);
break;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_SME */
#endif /* CONFIG_IEEE80211W */
WNM: Use CONFIG_WNM more consistently Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. Previously it was possible to define CONFIG_IEEE80211V without CONFIG_WNM which would break the build. In addition, IEEE 802.11v has been merged into IEEE Std 802.11-2012 and WNM is a better term to use for this new functionality anyway. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 17:22:54 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_WNM
WNM: Add WNM-Sleep Mode for station mode Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2012-02-26 16:27:19 +01:00
if (data->rx_action.category == WLAN_ACTION_WNM) {
ieee802_11_rx_wnm_action(wpa_s, &data->rx_action);
break;
}
WNM: Use CONFIG_WNM more consistently Replace CONFIG_IEEE80211V with CONFIG_WNM to get more consistent build options for WNM-Sleep Mode operations. Previously it was possible to define CONFIG_IEEE80211V without CONFIG_WNM which would break the build. In addition, IEEE 802.11v has been merged into IEEE Std 802.11-2012 and WNM is a better term to use for this new functionality anyway. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2012-12-16 17:22:54 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_WNM */
GAS: Add a generic GAS query module This implements GAS request mechanism that is aimed at being used to replace use case specific GAS/ANQP implementations in the future. Compared to the earlier implementation in P2P SD, this implementation includes support for multiple concurrent requests and more thorough validation of frames against the pending query data. GAS header processing, including comeback and reassembly, are handled within gas_query.c and the users of this module will only need to provide the Query Request and process the (possibly reassembled) Query Response.
2011-09-28 18:44:25 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_GAS
if (data->rx_action.category == WLAN_ACTION_PUBLIC &&
gas_query_rx(wpa_s->gas, data->rx_action.da,
data->rx_action.sa, data->rx_action.bssid,
data->rx_action.data, data->rx_action.len,
data->rx_action.freq) == 0)
break;
#endif /* CONFIG_GAS */
TDLS/nl80211: Support receiving TDLS discovery response frames Register for the TDLS discovery response public action frame in nl80211. Print out a debug message when a Discovery Resp frame is received and validated. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-09-26 12:55:27 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_TDLS
if (data->rx_action.category == WLAN_ACTION_PUBLIC &&
data->rx_action.len >= 4 &&
data->rx_action.data[0] == WLAN_TDLS_DISCOVERY_RESPONSE) {
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "TDLS: Received Discovery "
"Response from " MACSTR,
MAC2STR(data->rx_action.sa));
break;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_TDLS */
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
wpas_p2p_rx_action(wpa_s, data->rx_action.da,
data->rx_action.sa,
data->rx_action.bssid,
data->rx_action.category,
data->rx_action.data,
data->rx_action.len, data->rx_action.freq);
wpa_s AP: Deliver EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events to AP processing This is needed to allows WPS PBC session overlap detection to work with drivers that process Probe Request frames internally. This code is is run in hostapd, but the wpa_supplicant AP mode did not have call to the hostapd_probe_req_rx() function even though it registered handlers for hostapd Probe Request RX callbacks.
2011-02-08 13:32:35 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
break;
case EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ:
Add sanity checks to EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ event data Both the SA and IEs from the received Probe Request frames must be included and the Probe Request RX callback functions may assume that these are not NULL.
2011-04-14 01:39:25 +02:00
if (data->rx_probe_req.sa == NULL ||
data->rx_probe_req.ie == NULL)
break;
wpa_s AP: Deliver EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events to AP processing This is needed to allows WPS PBC session overlap detection to work with drivers that process Probe Request frames internally. This code is is run in hostapd, but the wpa_supplicant AP mode did not have call to the hostapd_probe_req_rx() function even though it registered handlers for hostapd Probe Request RX callbacks.
2011-02-08 13:32:35 +01:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
if (wpa_s->ap_iface) {
hostapd_probe_req_rx(wpa_s->ap_iface->bss[0],
data->rx_probe_req.sa,
P2P: Filter Probe Request frames based on DA and BSSID in Listen state Only accept Probe Request frames that have a Wildcard BSSID and a destination address that matches with our P2P Device Address or is the broadcast address per P2P specification 3.1.2.1.1.
2011-07-15 19:25:53 +02:00
data->rx_probe_req.da,
data->rx_probe_req.bssid,
wpa_s AP: Deliver EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events to AP processing This is needed to allows WPS PBC session overlap detection to work with drivers that process Probe Request frames internally. This code is is run in hostapd, but the wpa_supplicant AP mode did not have call to the hostapd_probe_req_rx() function even though it registered handlers for hostapd Probe Request RX callbacks.
2011-02-08 13:32:35 +01:00
data->rx_probe_req.ie,
Pass signal strength through, fix units The signal strength is currently never used as the only driver reporting it is nl80211 which uses IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DB_ANTSIGNAL which is never populated by the kernel. The kernel will (soon) populate IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL instead though, so use that. Also, since it was never really populated, we can redefine the signal field to be in dBm units only. My next patch will also require knowing the signal strength of probe requests throughout the code (where available), so add it to the necessary APIs. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 17:48:12 +02:00
data->rx_probe_req.ie_len,
data->rx_probe_req.ssi_signal);
wpa_s AP: Deliver EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events to AP processing This is needed to allows WPS PBC session overlap detection to work with drivers that process Probe Request frames internally. This code is is run in hostapd, but the wpa_supplicant AP mode did not have call to the hostapd_probe_req_rx() function even though it registered handlers for hostapd Probe Request RX callbacks.
2011-02-08 13:32:35 +01:00
break;
}
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
wpas_p2p_probe_req_rx(wpa_s, data->rx_probe_req.sa,
P2P: Filter Probe Request frames based on DA and BSSID in Listen state Only accept Probe Request frames that have a Wildcard BSSID and a destination address that matches with our P2P Device Address or is the broadcast address per P2P specification 3.1.2.1.1.
2011-07-15 19:25:53 +02:00
data->rx_probe_req.da,
data->rx_probe_req.bssid,
wpa_s AP: Deliver EVENT_RX_PROBE_REQ events to AP processing This is needed to allows WPS PBC session overlap detection to work with drivers that process Probe Request frames internally. This code is is run in hostapd, but the wpa_supplicant AP mode did not have call to the hostapd_probe_req_rx() function even though it registered handlers for hostapd Probe Request RX callbacks.
2011-02-08 13:32:35 +01:00
data->rx_probe_req.ie,
Pass signal strength through, fix units The signal strength is currently never used as the only driver reporting it is nl80211 which uses IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DB_ANTSIGNAL which is never populated by the kernel. The kernel will (soon) populate IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL instead though, so use that. Also, since it was never really populated, we can redefine the signal field to be in dBm units only. My next patch will also require knowing the signal strength of probe requests throughout the code (where available), so add it to the necessary APIs. Signed-hostap: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2012-04-01 17:48:12 +02:00
data->rx_probe_req.ie_len,
data->rx_probe_req.ssi_signal);
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
FT: Add preliminary processing of FT Action Response from EVENT_RX_ACTION Previously, this was only done with userspace MLME (i.e., driver_test.c); now, driver_nl80211.c can deliver the FT Action Response (FT-over-DS) for processing. The reassociation after successful FT Action frame exchange is not yet implemented.
2010-03-11 23:43:00 +01:00
break;
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
case EVENT_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL:
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_OFFCHANNEL
offchannel_remain_on_channel_cb(
wpa_s, data->remain_on_channel.freq,
data->remain_on_channel.duration);
#endif /* CONFIG_OFFCHANNEL */
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_p2p_remain_on_channel_cb(
wpa_s, data->remain_on_channel.freq,
data->remain_on_channel.duration);
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
break;
case EVENT_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL:
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_OFFCHANNEL
offchannel_cancel_remain_on_channel_cb(
wpa_s, data->remain_on_channel.freq);
#endif /* CONFIG_OFFCHANNEL */
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
wpas_p2p_cancel_remain_on_channel_cb(
wpa_s, data->remain_on_channel.freq);
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
break;
GAS: Use off-channel operations for requests This separates off-channel Action frame TX/RX from P2P into a generic implementation that can now be used both for P2P and GAS needs.
2011-09-29 18:22:08 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
P2P: Embed publically visible struct in peer info This embeds some information about each P2P peer that will be publically visible in a struct that is shared. The dev_found notification function is also passed the new struct, which requires some work for the driver-based P2P management. Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 20:51:17 +01:00
case EVENT_P2P_DEV_FOUND: {
struct p2p_peer_info peer_info;
os_memset(&peer_info, 0, sizeof(peer_info));
if (data->p2p_dev_found.dev_addr)
os_memcpy(peer_info.p2p_device_addr,
data->p2p_dev_found.dev_addr, ETH_ALEN);
if (data->p2p_dev_found.pri_dev_type)
os_memcpy(peer_info.pri_dev_type,
data->p2p_dev_found.pri_dev_type,
sizeof(peer_info.pri_dev_type));
if (data->p2p_dev_found.dev_name)
os_strlcpy(peer_info.device_name,
data->p2p_dev_found.dev_name,
sizeof(peer_info.device_name));
peer_info.config_methods = data->p2p_dev_found.config_methods;
peer_info.dev_capab = data->p2p_dev_found.dev_capab;
peer_info.group_capab = data->p2p_dev_found.group_capab;
P2P: Add new_device flag to dev_found callback The DBus code will want to have perfect matching of dev_found and the dev_lost it adds so it doesn't need to keep track internally. Enable that with a new flag in the core that tracks whether we have already notified about this -- the existing users can ignore it. The part where this is always set to 1 if the new device is discovered by a driver that has P2P in the driver is buggy -- the driver should feed the P2P peer database and then that should feed the notification here instead. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 20:59:58 +01:00
/*
* FIX: new_device=1 is not necessarily correct. We should
* maintain a P2P peer database in wpa_supplicant and update
* this information based on whether the peer is truly new.
*/
wpas_dev_found(wpa_s, data->p2p_dev_found.addr, &peer_info, 1);
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
break;
P2P: Embed publically visible struct in peer info This embeds some information about each P2P peer that will be publically visible in a struct that is shared. The dev_found notification function is also passed the new struct, which requires some work for the driver-based P2P management. Signed-off-by: Konguraj(Raj) Kulanthaivel <konguraj.kulanthaivel@intel.com> Signed-off-by: Fabien Marotte <fabienx.marotte@linux.intel.com> Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-02-24 20:51:17 +01:00
}
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
case EVENT_P2P_GO_NEG_REQ_RX:
wpas_go_neg_req_rx(wpa_s, data->p2p_go_neg_req_rx.src,
data->p2p_go_neg_req_rx.dev_passwd_id);
break;
case EVENT_P2P_GO_NEG_COMPLETED:
wpas_go_neg_completed(wpa_s, data->p2p_go_neg_completed.res);
break;
case EVENT_P2P_PROV_DISC_REQUEST:
wpas_prov_disc_req(wpa_s, data->p2p_prov_disc_req.peer,
data->p2p_prov_disc_req.config_methods,
data->p2p_prov_disc_req.dev_addr,
data->p2p_prov_disc_req.pri_dev_type,
data->p2p_prov_disc_req.dev_name,
data->p2p_prov_disc_req.supp_config_methods,
data->p2p_prov_disc_req.dev_capab,
P2P: Add group ifname to P2P-PROV-DISC-* events If Provision Discovery Request is sent for GO role (i.e., P2P Group ID attribute is included), add the group interface name to the control interface event on the GO. This makes it easier to figure out which ctrl_iface needs to be used for wps_pbc/wps_pin command to authorize the joining P2P client. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-06 20:57:17 +01:00
data->p2p_prov_disc_req.group_capab,
NULL, 0);
P2P: Add initial support for driver-based P2P management This adds partial callbacks and events to allow P2P management to be implemented in a driver/firmware. This is not yet complete and is very much subject to change in the future.
2010-12-30 11:48:55 +01:00
break;
case EVENT_P2P_PROV_DISC_RESPONSE:
wpas_prov_disc_resp(wpa_s, data->p2p_prov_disc_resp.peer,
data->p2p_prov_disc_resp.config_methods);
break;
case EVENT_P2P_SD_REQUEST:
wpas_sd_request(wpa_s, data->p2p_sd_req.freq,
data->p2p_sd_req.sa,
data->p2p_sd_req.dialog_token,
data->p2p_sd_req.update_indic,
data->p2p_sd_req.tlvs,
data->p2p_sd_req.tlvs_len);
break;
case EVENT_P2P_SD_RESPONSE:
wpas_sd_response(wpa_s, data->p2p_sd_resp.sa,
data->p2p_sd_resp.update_indic,
data->p2p_sd_resp.tlvs,
data->p2p_sd_resp.tlvs_len);
break;
P2P: Map driver events to P2P event notifications
2010-07-18 23:30:25 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
Use driver event, EVENT_EAPOL_RX, for EAPOL frame indication
2010-01-03 16:44:40 +01:00
case EVENT_EAPOL_RX:
wpa_supplicant_rx_eapol(wpa_s, data->eapol_rx.src,
data->eapol_rx.data,
data->eapol_rx.data_len);
break;
bgscan: Add signal strength change events This allows bgscan modules to use more information to decide on when to perform background scans. bgscan_simple can now change between short and long background scan intervals based on signal strength and in addition, it can trigger immediate scans when the signal strength is detected to be dropping. bgscan_simple takes following parameters now: short interval:signal strength threshold:long interval For example: bgscan="simple:30:-45:300"
2010-03-29 00:32:34 +02:00
case EVENT_SIGNAL_CHANGE:
bgscan_notify_signal_change(
Add current signal strength into signal quality change events
2010-08-27 15:58:06 +02:00
wpa_s, data->signal_change.above_threshold,
bgscan: Add new channel condition parameters to signal change events bgscan modules can potentially get a richer feel for the channel condition and make better choices about scan/no-scan and roam/no-roam.
2010-10-12 19:03:36 +02:00
data->signal_change.current_signal,
data->signal_change.current_noise,
data->signal_change.current_txrate);
bgscan: Add signal strength change events This allows bgscan modules to use more information to decide on when to perform background scans. bgscan_simple can now change between short and long background scan intervals based on signal strength and in addition, it can trigger immediate scans when the signal strength is detected to be dropping. bgscan_simple takes following parameters now: short interval:signal strength threshold:long interval For example: bgscan="simple:30:-45:300"
2010-03-29 00:32:34 +02:00
break;
Add Linux rfkill support Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g., due to rfkill). Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 09:27:32 +02:00
case EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED:
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Interface was enabled");
Add Linux rfkill support Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g., due to rfkill). Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 09:27:32 +02:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state == WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED) {
Update internal MAC address on EVENT_INTERFACE_ENABLED events This allows the MAC address of the interface to be changed when the interface is set down even if the interface does not get completed removed and re-added. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2011-12-03 12:20:40 +01:00
wpa_supplicant_update_mac_addr(wpa_s);
Fix wpa_supplicant build without CONFIG_WPS and CONFIG_AP
2010-10-07 09:41:58 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
Fix AP mode in wpa_supplicant with interface events Needs to not trigger a scan here when the AP mode setup sets interface down/up.
2010-10-06 16:10:07 +02:00
if (!wpa_s->ap_iface) {
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s,
WPA_DISCONNECTED);
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(wpa_s, 0, 0);
} else
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s,
WPA_COMPLETED);
Fix wpa_supplicant build without CONFIG_WPS and CONFIG_AP
2010-10-07 09:41:58 +02:00
#else /* CONFIG_AP */
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_DISCONNECTED);
wpa_supplicant_req_scan(wpa_s, 0, 0);
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
Add Linux rfkill support Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g., due to rfkill). Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 09:27:32 +02:00
}
break;
case EVENT_INTERFACE_DISABLED:
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Interface was disabled");
Add Linux rfkill support Add a new wpa_supplicant state: interface disabled. This can be used to allow wpa_supplicant to be running with the network interface even when the driver does not actually allow any radio operations (e.g., due to rfkill). Allow driver_nl80211.c and driver_wext.c to start while rfkill is in blocked state (i.e., when ifconfig up fails) and process rfkill events to block/unblock WLAN.
2010-05-23 09:27:32 +02:00
wpa_supplicant_mark_disassoc(wpa_s);
wpa_supplicant_set_state(wpa_s, WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED);
break;
P2P: Add mechanism for updating P2P channel list based on driver events This allows P2P channel list to be updated whenever the driver changes its list of allowed channels, e.g., based on country code from scan results.
2010-10-15 17:55:22 +02:00
case EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED:
Fix crash on channel list changed event during driver init The driver wrapper may indicate EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED before completing init(). This would likely result in segfault when driver channel list is being read as part of processing this event when P2P is enabled.
2010-10-20 18:30:55 +02:00
if (wpa_s->drv_priv == NULL)
break; /* Ignore event during drv initialization */
Fix processing of channel list update events Commit 6bf731e8cea4d9d41665d271b331e096c7c569e9 broke handling of EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED by introducing a cached copy of the driver channel list that does not get updated even if driver changes its list. Fix this by synchronizing the cacched wpa_s->hw.modes information whenever EVENT_CHANNEL_LIST_CHANGED is processed. This fixes P2P channel list updates based on regulatory domain hints that may trigger driver to change its supported channel list. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com> intended-for: hostap-1
2012-03-01 16:53:53 +01:00
free_hw_features(wpa_s);
wpa_s->hw.modes = wpa_drv_get_hw_feature_data(
wpa_s, &wpa_s->hw.num_modes, &wpa_s->hw.flags);
P2P: Add mechanism for updating P2P channel list based on driver events This allows P2P channel list to be updated whenever the driver changes its list of allowed channels, e.g., based on country code from scan results.
2010-10-15 17:55:22 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
wpas_p2p_update_channel_list(wpa_s);
P2P: Remove P2P group on driver resource becoming unavailable Add a new driver event, EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE, for indicating that the driver is not able to continue operating the virtual interface in its current mode anymore, e.g., due to operating channel for GO interface forced to a DFS channel by another virtual interface. When this happens for a P2P group interface, the P2P group will be terminated and P2P-GROUP-REMOVED event shows the reason for this as follows: P2P-GROUP-REMOVED wlan0 GO reason=UNAVAILABLE
2010-10-25 18:16:11 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
break;
case EVENT_INTERFACE_UNAVAILABLE:
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
wpas_p2p_interface_unavailable(wpa_s);
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
break;
case EVENT_BEST_CHANNEL:
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_dbg(wpa_s, MSG_DEBUG, "Best channel event received "
"(%d %d %d)",
data->best_chan.freq_24, data->best_chan.freq_5,
data->best_chan.freq_overall);
P2P: Add support for automatic channel selection at GO The driver wrapper may now indicate the preferred channel (e.g., based on scan results) on both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz bands (and an overall best frequency). When setting up a GO, this preference information is used to select the operating channel if configuration does not include hardcoded channel. Similarly, this information can be used during GO Negotiation to indicate preference for a specific channel based on current channel conditions. p2p_group_add command can now use special values (freq=2 and freq=5) to indicate that the GO is to be started on the specified band.
2010-11-10 12:33:47 +01:00
wpa_s->best_24_freq = data->best_chan.freq_24;
wpa_s->best_5_freq = data->best_chan.freq_5;
wpa_s->best_overall_freq = data->best_chan.freq_overall;
#ifdef CONFIG_P2P
wpas_p2p_update_best_channels(wpa_s, data->best_chan.freq_24,
data->best_chan.freq_5,
data->best_chan.freq_overall);
P2P: Add mechanism for updating P2P channel list based on driver events This allows P2P channel list to be updated whenever the driver changes its list of allowed channels, e.g., based on country code from scan results.
2010-10-15 17:55:22 +02:00
#endif /* CONFIG_P2P */
break;
Use SA Query procedure to recovery from AP/STA state mismatch If a station received unprotected Deauthentication or Disassociation frame with reason code 6 or 7 from the current AP, there may be a mismatch in association state between the AP and STA. Verify whether this is the case by using SA Query procedure. If not response is received from the AP, deauthenticate. This implementation is only for user space SME with driver_nl80211.c.
2010-12-19 10:58:00 +01:00
case EVENT_UNPROT_DEAUTH:
wpa_supplicant_event_unprot_deauth(wpa_s,
&data->unprot_deauth);
break;
case EVENT_UNPROT_DISASSOC:
wpa_supplicant_event_unprot_disassoc(wpa_s,
&data->unprot_disassoc);
break;
Allow AP mode to disconnect STAs based on low ACK condition The nl80211 driver can report low ACK condition (in fact it reports complete loss right now only). Use that, along with a config option, to disconnect stations when the data connection is not working properly, e.g., due to the STA having went outside the range of the AP. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with disassoc_low_ack=1 in hostapd or wpa_supplicant configuration file. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-28 16:15:01 +01:00
case EVENT_STATION_LOW_ACK:
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
if (wpa_s->ap_iface && data)
hostapd_event_sta_low_ack(wpa_s->ap_iface->bss[0],
data->low_ack.addr);
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
TDLS: Implement low-ack event for lost TDLS peers Disable the direct connection when a TDLS peer stops responding to packets, as indicated by the "LOW ACK" event coming from a driver. Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com> Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
2011-09-26 12:55:30 +02:00
#ifdef CONFIG_TDLS
if (data)
wpa_tdls_disable_link(wpa_s->wpa, data->low_ack.addr);
#endif /* CONFIG_TDLS */
Allow AP mode to disconnect STAs based on low ACK condition The nl80211 driver can report low ACK condition (in fact it reports complete loss right now only). Use that, along with a config option, to disconnect stations when the data connection is not working properly, e.g., due to the STA having went outside the range of the AP. This is disabled by default and can be enabled with disassoc_low_ack=1 in hostapd or wpa_supplicant configuration file. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2010-12-28 16:15:01 +01:00
break;
IBSS RSN: Clear IBSS RSN peers based on peer lost events
2011-03-18 16:04:46 +01:00
case EVENT_IBSS_PEER_LOST:
#ifdef CONFIG_IBSS_RSN
ibss_rsn_stop(wpa_s->ibss_rsn, data->ibss_peer_lost.peer);
#endif /* CONFIG_IBSS_RSN */
break;
nl80211: Support GTK rekey offload Add support to wpa_supplicant for device-based GTK rekeying. In order to support that, pass the KEK, KCK, and replay counter to the driver, and handle rekey events that update the latter. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2011-07-12 20:22:51 +02:00
case EVENT_DRIVER_GTK_REKEY:
if (os_memcmp(data->driver_gtk_rekey.bssid,
wpa_s->bssid, ETH_ALEN))
break;
if (!wpa_s->wpa)
break;
wpa_sm_update_replay_ctr(wpa_s->wpa,
data->driver_gtk_rekey.replay_ctr);
break;
Add scheduled scan driver operations In new Linux kernel versions (>=3.0), nl80211 adds scheduled scan capability. In order to use this feature to its full extent, we need to support it in the wpa_supplicant core, so that it can also be used by other drivers. This commit adds initial scheduled scan support operations and events. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-09-27 21:21:29 +02:00
case EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED:
wpa_s->sched_scanning = 0;
wpa_supplicant_notify_scanning(wpa_s, 0);
Process EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED partially if interface is disabled The internal sched_scanning state needs to be cleared on this event even if the events happen to get ordered in a way that the interface gets disabled just prior to EVENT_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event. Signed-hostap: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2011-12-21 12:36:58 +01:00
if (wpa_s->wpa_state == WPA_INTERFACE_DISABLED)
break;
Add scheduled scan driver operations In new Linux kernel versions (>=3.0), nl80211 adds scheduled scan capability. In order to use this feature to its full extent, we need to support it in the wpa_supplicant core, so that it can also be used by other drivers. This commit adds initial scheduled scan support operations and events. Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
2011-09-27 21:21:29 +02:00
/*
* If we timed out, start a new sched scan to continue
* searching for more SSIDs.
*/
if (wpa_s->sched_scan_timed_out)
wpa_supplicant_req_sched_scan(wpa_s);
break;
Allow drivers to indicate WPS push button in station mode EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED wpa_supplicant_event can now be used in station mode driver_*.c to indicate that a push button has been pushed. This will activate WPS PBC mode.
2011-03-15 17:59:36 +01:00
case EVENT_WPS_BUTTON_PUSHED:
#ifdef CONFIG_WPS
wpas_wps_start_pbc(wpa_s, NULL, 0);
#endif /* CONFIG_WPS */
break;
nl80211: Add ctrl_iface message for AP mode connection rejection When AP mode operation reject the client, nl80211 layer advertises the connect failed event with the reason for failures (for example, max client reached, etc.) using NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED. This patch adds some debug messages whenever such an event is received from the nl80211 layer and also the same event is posted to the upper layer via wpa_msg(). Signed-off-by: Raja Mani <rmani@qca.qualcomm.com>
2013-02-07 14:24:53 +01:00
case EVENT_CONNECT_FAILED_REASON:
#ifdef CONFIG_AP
if (!wpa_s->ap_iface || !data)
break;
hostapd_event_connect_failed_reason(
wpa_s->ap_iface->bss[0],
data->connect_failed_reason.addr,
data->connect_failed_reason.code);
#endif /* CONFIG_AP */
break;
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
default:
Use wpa_msg() instead of wpa_printf() This converts number of debugging messages to use wpa_msg() in order to allow the interface name to be shown with the messages. A new function, wpa_dbg(), is introduced to allow CONFIG_NO_STDOUT_DEBUG=y builds to remove the debug strings. This is otherwise identical with wpa_msg(), but it gets compiled out if stdout debugging is disabled.
2011-02-10 19:14:46 +01:00
wpa_msg(wpa_s, MSG_INFO, "Unknown event %d", event);
Re-initialize hostapd/wpa_supplicant git repository based on 0.6.3 release
2008-02-28 02:34:43 +01:00
break;
}
}
Reference in a new issue Copy permalink